TW201640193A - Method for producing image display device, curable resin composition to be used therein, touch panel, and image display device - Google Patents

Method for producing image display device, curable resin composition to be used therein, touch panel, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201640193A
TW201640193A TW105101647A TW105101647A TW201640193A TW 201640193 A TW201640193 A TW 201640193A TW 105101647 A TW105101647 A TW 105101647A TW 105101647 A TW105101647 A TW 105101647A TW 201640193 A TW201640193 A TW 201640193A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
resin composition
curable resin
liquid crystal
crystal display
display unit
Prior art date
Application number
TW105101647A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Takafumi Mizuguchi
Kiyohisa Tokuda
Hayato Motohashi
Original Assignee
Nippon Kayaku Kk
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nippon Kayaku Kk filed Critical Nippon Kayaku Kk
Publication of TW201640193A publication Critical patent/TW201640193A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10Esters
    • C08F20/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • C08F20/16Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms
    • C08F20/18Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms with acrylic or methacrylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J109/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of conjugated diene hydrocarbons
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J175/00Adhesives based on polyureas or polyurethanes; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J175/04Polyurethanes
    • C09J175/14Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C09J175/16Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds having terminal carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J5/00Adhesive processes in general; Adhesive processes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. relating to primers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/318Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for the production of liquid crystal displays
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/30Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier
    • C09J2301/312Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the chemical, physicochemical or physical properties of the adhesive or the carrier parameters being the characterizing feature
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/40Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components
    • C09J2301/416Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components use of irradiation

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

A method for producing an image display device having a protective plate adhered to a liquid crystal display unit equipped with a liquid crystal display cell, a polarizing plate, and a sealed body or a housing, the method involving: (A) a step for coating the liquid crystal display unit or the protective plate with a first curable resin composition; (B) a step for sticking the liquid crystal display unit and the protective plate to one another with the first curable resin composition interposed therebetween; and (C-I)-(C-III) the subsequently described steps which follow step (B). (C-I) a step for adhering the liquid crystal display unit and the protective plate to one another by curing the first curable resin composition; (C-II) a step for coating the outer-peripheral-side surface section of the protective plate, the sealed body or the housing with a second curable resin composition, so as to connect the liquid crystal display unit and the protective plate with one another; and (C-III) a step for, after step (C-II), providing the outer-peripheral side surface section of the protective plate, the sealed body or the liquid crystal display unit housing with a cured-article layer by curing the second curable resin composition.

Description

影像顯示裝置之製造方法、用於其之硬化性樹脂組成物、觸控面板及影像顯示裝置 Method for manufacturing image display device, curable resin composition therefor, touch panel and image display device

本發明係關於一種將具有遮光部之光學基材與其他光學基材貼合而製造影像顯示裝置之影像顯示裝置之製造方法、用於其之硬化性樹脂組成物、觸控面板及影像顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing an image display device in which an optical substrate having a light-shielding portion is bonded to another optical substrate to produce an image display device, a curable resin composition therefor, a touch panel, and an image display device .

近年來,廣泛利用對液晶顯示器、電漿顯示器、有機EL顯示器等顯示裝置之顯示畫面貼合觸控面板而實現畫面輸入之顯示裝置。該觸控面板具有如下構造:將形成有透明電極之玻璃板或樹脂製膜空出一點間隙而相對地貼合,視需要於其觸控面之上貼合玻璃或樹脂製之透明保護板。 In recent years, a display device that realizes screen input by attaching a touch panel to a display screen of a display device such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, or an organic EL display has been widely used. The touch panel has a structure in which a glass plate or a resin film having a transparent electrode is formed with a gap and is relatively bonded to each other, and a glass or resin transparent protective plate is attached to the touch surface as needed.

關於觸控面板之形成有透明電極之玻璃板或膜與玻璃或樹脂製之透明保護板之貼合、或觸控面板與顯示體組件之貼合,有使用雙面黏著片材之技術。但是,若使用雙面黏著片材,則存在容易進入氣泡之問題。作為代替雙面黏著片材之技術,提出有利用具有柔軟性之硬化性樹脂組成物進行貼合之技術。 Regarding the bonding of a glass plate or a film having a transparent electrode formed on a touch panel to a transparent protective plate made of glass or resin, or a bonding between a touch panel and a display body assembly, there is a technique of using a double-sided adhesive sheet. However, if a double-sided adhesive sheet is used, there is a problem that air bubbles are easily entered. As a technique for replacing a double-sided adhesive sheet, a technique of bonding with a curable resin composition having flexibility has been proposed.

因此,作為利用具有柔軟性之紫外線硬化型樹脂進行貼合之 方法,提出有如下技術:使用如專利文獻1中所記載之2種接著劑,利用一接著劑形成止流部(堰部),其後,利用另一具有流動性之接著劑對由止流部形成之框內進行填充,並使兩者硬化而形成硬化物層,藉此將光學構件貼合於顯示元件。 Therefore, it is bonded by using a soft ultraviolet curable resin. According to the method, a two-layer adhesive as described in Patent Document 1 is used, and a stopper (a crotch portion) is formed by an adhesive, and thereafter, a flow-stopping agent is used to stop the flow. The frame formed in the portion is filled and the both are cured to form a cured layer, whereby the optical member is bonded to the display element.

然而,於藉由上述方法而製作影像顯示裝置之情形時,若於形成硬化物層後用手指等按壓已硬化之紫外線硬化型樹脂之堰部,則因對按壓之部位局部施加力而使液晶單元之間隙發生變化,因此產生波紋,按壓時之目視辨認性產生問題。 However, in the case where the image display device is produced by the above method, when the cured portion is formed, and the crotch portion of the cured ultraviolet curable resin is pressed with a finger or the like, the liquid is locally applied by pressing the portion to be pressed. The gap of the unit changes, so that ripples are generated, and the visibility of the pressing causes problems.

另一方面,如專利文獻2所記載,亦提出有不使用2種接著劑而使用單一之接著劑之方法。但是,即便於單一之接著劑時,亦確認到上述波紋之產生。因此,於上述狀況下,業界期望開發出不論觸摸影像顯示裝置之畫面上之哪一部位均不會產生波紋之影像顯示裝置。 On the other hand, as described in Patent Document 2, a method of using a single adhesive without using two kinds of adhesives has been proposed. However, even in the case of a single adhesive, the occurrence of the above-mentioned corrugations was confirmed. Therefore, under the above circumstances, the industry has desired to develop an image display device that does not generate ripples regardless of which portion of the screen of the touch image display device.

專利文獻1:日本專利第5451015號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 5451015

專利文獻2:國際公開第2013/111810號說明書 Patent Document 2: International Publication No. 2013/111810

本發明之目的在於提供一種可獲得於按壓影像顯示裝置之任一部位時均不會產生波紋而目視辨認性優異的影像顯示裝置的影像顯示裝置之製造方法、用於其之硬化性樹脂組成物、觸控面板及影像顯示裝置。 An object of the present invention is to provide a method of manufacturing an image display device and a curable resin composition therefor, which can be used in an image display device which is excellent in visual recognition without causing ripples when pressed against any portion of the image display device. , touch panel and image display device.

本發明人等為了解決上述課題而進行努力研究,結果完成本發明。即,本發明係關於下述(1)~(12)。 The inventors of the present invention have made an effort to solve the above problems, and as a result, have completed the present invention. That is, the present invention relates to the following (1) to (12).

(1)一種影像顯示裝置之製造方法,係將保護板接著於液晶顯示組件,並且液晶顯示組件具備液晶顯示單元、配置於液晶顯示單元上之偏光板、及包圍偏光板且被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體或藉由包圍液晶顯示單元之周壁部而將液晶顯示組件固定之殼體,且該製造方法包括:(A)於上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板之至少一者塗佈未硬化時具有流動性之第1硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈步驟、及(B)介隔上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板貼合之貼合步驟,於上述步驟(B)之後包括下述步驟(C-I)~(C-III)之步驟:(C-I)使上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板接著之第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化步驟、(C-II)以將液晶顯示組件與保護板連結之方式於上述保護板的外周側面部、上述被覆液晶顯示單元之密封體的外周側面部或固定液晶顯示組件之殼體的外周側面部塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈步驟、(C-III)於上述步驟(C-II)之後使上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而於上述保護板的外周側面部、上述被覆液晶顯示單元之密封體的外周側面部或固定液晶顯示組件之殼體的外周側面部設置硬化物層之步驟。 (1) A method of manufacturing an image display device, wherein a protective plate is attached to a liquid crystal display device, and the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display unit, a polarizing plate disposed on the liquid crystal display unit, and a polarizing plate surrounding the liquid crystal display unit a sealing body or a housing for fixing the liquid crystal display unit by surrounding a peripheral wall portion of the liquid crystal display unit, and the manufacturing method includes: (A) when at least one of the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet is not hardened a coating step of the first curable resin composition having fluidity, and (B) a bonding step of bonding the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet through the first curable resin composition, in the above step ( B), comprising the following steps (CI) to (C-III): (CI) curing the first curable resin composition, and forming the liquid crystal display device and the first curable resin next to the protective sheet And a solidification step (C-II) for connecting the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective sheet, the outer peripheral side portion of the sealing body covering the liquid crystal display unit, or the solid portion The coating step of applying the second curable resin composition to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing of the liquid crystal display unit, and (C-III) curing the second curable resin composition after the step (C-II) The step of providing a cured layer on the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective plate, the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealed body covering the liquid crystal display unit, or the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing for fixing the liquid crystal display unit.

(2)如(1)中所記載之影像顯示裝置之製造方法,其中,步驟(A)係於上述保護板之表面上塗佈上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物而形成硬化或未硬化之塗佈膜,步驟(B)係將形成有上述塗佈膜之保護板與液晶顯示組件貼合, 步驟(C-II)係於上述液晶顯示組件之上述密封體之外周側面部或固定液晶顯示組件之殼體之外周側面部塗佈上述第2硬化性組成物而形成硬化或未硬化之塗佈膜。 (2) The method of producing an image display device according to the above aspect, wherein the step (A) is performed by applying the first curable resin composition onto the surface of the protective sheet to form a cured or uncured coating. In the film, the step (B) is to bond the protective sheet on which the coating film is formed to the liquid crystal display device. The step (C-II) is to apply the second curable composition to form a hardened or uncured coating on the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body of the liquid crystal display unit or the outer peripheral side portion of the housing of the fixed liquid crystal display unit. membrane.

(3)如(1)或(2)中所記載之影像顯示裝置之製造方法,其中,上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈膜之平均厚度在上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈膜之平均厚度以下。 (3) The method of producing a video display device according to the above aspect, wherein the coating film of the first curable resin composition has an average thickness of the second curable resin composition. The average thickness of the film is below.

(4)如(1)至(3)中任一項所記載之影像顯示裝置之製造方法,其中,上述保護板係由選自如下所述之基板之群中1種以上構成,該基板係:具有遮光部之透明玻璃基板、具有遮光部之透明樹脂基板、形成有遮光部及透明電極之玻璃基板、及於具有遮光部之透明基板形成有透明電極之玻璃基板或貼合有膜之基板。 The method of manufacturing the image display device according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the protective plate is composed of one or more selected from the group consisting of the following substrates, and the substrate is a transparent glass substrate having a light shielding portion, a transparent resin substrate having a light shielding portion, a glass substrate having a light shielding portion and a transparent electrode, and a glass substrate having a transparent electrode formed on a transparent substrate having a light shielding portion or a substrate bonded with a film .

(5)如(1)至(4)中任一項所記載之影像顯示裝置之製造方法,其中,上述保護板為觸控面板。 (5) The method of manufacturing the image display device according to any one of (1) to (4) wherein the protective plate is a touch panel.

(6)一種硬化性樹脂組成物,其用於(1)至(5)中任一項所記載之影像顯示裝置之製造方法的上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物或上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物,且含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)。 (6) A curable resin composition, wherein the first curable resin composition or the second curable resin is used in the method for producing a video display device according to any one of (1) to (5) And containing (meth) acrylate (A) and photopolymerization initiator (B).

(7)如(6)中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)係選自由(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯(urethane(meth)acrylate)、具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、具有聚丁二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體所組成之群中1種以上。 (7) The curable resin composition according to (6), wherein the (meth) acrylate (A) is selected from the group consisting of urethane (meth) acrylate and polyisoprene. One or more of the group consisting of a (meth) acrylate having a diene skeleton, a (meth) acrylate having a polybutadiene skeleton, and a (meth) acrylate monomer.

(8)如(6)或(7)中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,於乙腈或甲醇中所測得之光聚合起始劑(B)之莫耳吸光係數,在302nm或313nm 下為300ml/(g.cm)以上,在365nm下為100ml/(g.cm)以下。 (8) The curable resin composition as described in (6) or (7), wherein the photo-polymerization initiator (B) measured in acetonitrile or methanol has a molar absorption coefficient at 302 nm or 313 nm. The lower part is 300 ml/(g.cm) or more, and the 365 nm is 100 ml/(g.cm) or less.

(9)如(6)至(8)中任一項所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物係相對於照射紫外線時硬化率80%下之樹脂層在25℃的儲存剛性模數(storage modulus of rigidity),照射紫外線時硬化率98%下之樹脂層的儲存剛性模數為3~20倍之樹脂組成物,且硬化率80%下之儲存剛性模數(25℃)為1×102Pa~1×105Pa。 (9) The curable resin composition according to any one of (6), wherein the first curable resin composition is a resin layer at a curing rate of 80% when irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 25 The storage modulus of rigidity at °C, the storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer at a curing rate of 98% under ultraviolet irradiation is 3 to 20 times the resin composition, and the storage rigidity modulus at a hardening rate of 80% (25 ° C) is 1 × 10 2 Pa to 1 × 10 5 Pa.

(10)一種觸控面板,係藉由(1)至(5)中任一項所記載之影像顯示裝置之製造方法而獲得。 (10) A touch panel obtained by the method of manufacturing the image display device according to any one of (1) to (5).

(11)一種影像顯示裝置,係將保護板接著於液晶顯示組件而成,並且液晶顯示組件具備液晶顯示單元、配置於液晶顯示單元上之偏光板、及包圍偏光板且被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體或藉由包圍液晶顯示單元之周壁部而將液晶顯示組件固定之殼體,且該影像顯示裝置具有:第1硬化物層,係使形成於上述偏光板上之第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得;及第2硬化物層,係於上述保護板的外周側面部、被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體的外周側面部或固定液晶顯示構件之殼體的外周側面部,使連結上述液晶顯示組件與保護板之第2硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得。 (11) An image display device in which a protective plate is attached to a liquid crystal display device, and the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display unit, a polarizing plate disposed on the liquid crystal display unit, and a polarizing plate surrounding the liquid crystal display unit a sealing body or a casing that fixes the liquid crystal display unit by surrounding a peripheral wall portion of the liquid crystal display unit, and the image display device has a first cured layer formed of a first curable resin formed on the polarizing plate And the second cured layer is attached to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective plate, the outer circumferential side surface portion of the sealing body covering the liquid crystal display unit, or the outer circumferential side surface portion of the casing for fixing the liquid crystal display member The liquid crystal display device and the second curable resin composition of the protective sheet are cured and obtained.

(12)如(11)中所記載之影像顯示裝置,其中,上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物及上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物係含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物、以及光聚合起始劑的硬化性樹脂組成物,該(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物係選自由(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯化合物、具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯 化合物及具有聚丁二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物所組成之群中至少1種。 (12) The image display device according to the above aspect, wherein the first curable resin composition and the second curable resin composition contain a (meth) acrylate compound and a photopolymerization initiator a curable resin composition selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic acid amine ester compounds and (meth)acrylates having a polyisoprene skeleton At least one of a compound and a group of (meth) acrylate compounds having a polybutadiene skeleton.

1‧‧‧液晶顯示組件 1‧‧‧LCD components

2‧‧‧保護板 2‧‧‧protection board

3‧‧‧透明基板 3‧‧‧Transparent substrate

4‧‧‧遮光部 4‧‧‧Lighting Department

5‧‧‧紫外線 5‧‧‧ UV

11‧‧‧第1硬化性樹脂組成物 11‧‧‧1st hardening resin composition

12‧‧‧第2硬化性樹脂組成物 12‧‧‧2nd hardening resin composition

13‧‧‧第1硬化物層 13‧‧‧1st hardened layer

14‧‧‧第2硬化物層 14‧‧‧2nd hardened layer

21‧‧‧液晶顯示單元 21‧‧‧LCD unit

22‧‧‧偏光板 22‧‧‧Polar plate

23‧‧‧密封體 23‧‧‧ Sealing body

24‧‧‧間隙 24‧‧‧ gap

25‧‧‧密閉膜 25‧‧‧Contained film

26‧‧‧殼體 26‧‧‧Shell

圖1係表示本發明之製造方法之第1實施形態的步驟圖。 Fig. 1 is a flow chart showing a first embodiment of the production method of the present invention.

圖2係液晶顯示組件1之構成之概略圖。 2 is a schematic view showing the configuration of the liquid crystal display unit 1.

圖3係保護板2之構成之概略圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing the configuration of the protective plate 2.

圖4係表示本發明之製造方法之第2實施形態的步驟圖。 Fig. 4 is a flow chart showing a second embodiment of the manufacturing method of the present invention.

圖5係表示本發明之製造方法之第3實施形態的步驟圖。 Fig. 5 is a flow chart showing a third embodiment of the manufacturing method of the present invention.

圖6係表示本發明之製造方法之第4實施形態的步驟圖。 Fig. 6 is a flow chart showing a fourth embodiment of the production method of the present invention.

圖7係表示藉由本發明所獲得之光學構件之一態樣的概略圖。 Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing an aspect of an optical member obtained by the present invention.

本發明係關於一種影像顯示裝置之製造方法及影像顯示裝置,該影像顯示裝置之製造方法係將保護板接著於液晶顯示組件,並且液晶顯示組件具備液晶顯示單元、配置於液晶顯示單元上之偏光板、及包圍偏光板且被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體或藉由包圍液晶顯示單元之周壁部而將液晶顯示構件固定之殼體,於該影像顯示裝置之製造方法中,藉由下述[步驟A]~[步驟B]、[步驟C-I]~[步驟C-III]而製造影像顯示裝置。並且,其特徵在於:使下述第2硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得之第2硬化物層係積層於上述保護板的外周側面部、被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體的 外周側面部或藉由包圍液晶顯示單元之周壁部而將液晶顯示構件固定之殼體的外周側面部。 The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing an image display device, and a method of manufacturing the image display device, wherein the protection panel is followed by a liquid crystal display device, and the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display unit and a polarized light disposed on the liquid crystal display unit. a plate, and a casing surrounding the polarizing plate and covering the liquid crystal display unit or a casing for fixing the liquid crystal display member by surrounding a peripheral wall portion of the liquid crystal display unit, in the method of manufacturing the image display device, by the following [ Steps A] to [Step B], [Step CI] to [Step C-III], a video display device was manufactured. Further, the second cured material layer obtained by curing the second cured resin composition is formed on the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective sheet and covers the sealing body of the liquid crystal display unit. The outer peripheral side surface portion or the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing in which the liquid crystal display member is fixed by surrounding the peripheral wall portion of the liquid crystal display unit.

[步驟A]第1硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈步驟,係於上述液晶顯示組件或上述保護板之至少一者塗佈未硬化時具有流動性之上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物。 [Step A] The first step of applying the first curable resin composition is to apply the first curable resin composition having fluidity when at least one of the liquid crystal display device or the protective sheet is applied.

[步驟B]貼合步驟,係介隔上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板貼合。 [Step B] The bonding step is to bond the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet via the first curable resin composition.

[步驟C-I]第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化步驟,係使上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板接著。 [Step C-I] The first curable resin composition curing step is performed by curing the first curable resin composition and adhering the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet.

[步驟C-II]塗佈步驟,係將上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物以將液晶顯示組件與保護板連結之方式塗佈於上述保護板之外周側面部、上述密封體之外周側面部或上述殼體之外周側面部。 [Step C-II] The coating step is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective sheet, the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body, or the second curable resin composition, by connecting the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet. The outer peripheral side portion of the housing.

[步驟C-III]第2硬化性樹脂組成物硬化步驟,係於上述步驟[C-II]之後,使上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物硬化,而將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板連結。 [Step C-III] The second curable resin composition curing step is followed by the step [C-II], and the second curable resin composition is cured to bond the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet.

上述[步驟A]、[步驟B]按照該排列進行,[步驟C-I]~[步驟C-III]可以不同順序進行。但是,[步驟C-III]設為於[步驟C-II]之後進行。 The above [Step A] and [Step B] are performed in accordance with the arrangement, and [Step C-I] to [Step C-III] can be performed in different orders. However, [Step C-III] is set to be performed after [Step C-II].

以下,一面參照圖式一面對本發明之製造方法、及藉由該方法所製造之影像顯示裝置之形態進行說明。再者,第1~第4實施形態為具體例,但並不限定於該等具體例。 Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the present invention and the form of the image display device manufactured by the method will be described with reference to the drawings. Further, the first to fourth embodiments are specific examples, but are not limited to these specific examples.

(第1實施形態) (First embodiment)

圖1係表示本發明之影像顯示裝置(亦稱為「光學構件」)之製造步驟 之第1實施形態的步驟圖。 Figure 1 is a diagram showing the manufacturing steps of the image display device (also referred to as "optical member") of the present invention. A step diagram of the first embodiment.

該方法係藉由將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2貼合而獲得光學構件之方法。 This method is a method of obtaining an optical member by laminating the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2.

液晶顯示組件1係指於形成電極之一對基板間封入有液晶材料者上具備偏光板、驅動用電路、信號輸入電纜、背光組件者。 The liquid crystal display unit 1 is a member including a polarizing plate, a driving circuit, a signal input cable, and a backlight assembly, in which one of the forming electrodes is filled with a liquid crystal material between the substrates.

圖2係表示液晶顯示組件1之一例之主要部分的剖面圖。如圖2所示,該液晶顯示組件1成為如下構成:於液晶顯示單元21上配置有偏光板22,於液晶顯示單元21上以包圍偏光板22之方式配置有密封體23。此處,對在液晶顯示單元21上直接積層有偏光板22之構造進行例示,但無需直接積層,只要於液晶顯示單元之上配置偏光板即可,亦可使其他功能性膜等光學構件介置於液晶顯示單元與偏光板之間。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a main part of an example of the liquid crystal display unit 1. As shown in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display unit 1 has a configuration in which a polarizing plate 22 is disposed on the liquid crystal display unit 21, and a sealing body 23 is disposed on the liquid crystal display unit 21 so as to surround the polarizing plate 22. Here, the structure in which the polarizing plate 22 is directly laminated on the liquid crystal display unit 21 is exemplified, but it is not necessary to directly laminate, and a polarizing plate may be disposed on the liquid crystal display unit, and optical members such as other functional films may be incorporated. Placed between the liquid crystal display unit and the polarizing plate.

於該狀態下,於偏光板22與密封體23之間形成有最大寬度數mm之間隙24,例示「於間隙24之底面以不露出液晶顯示單元21之表面之方式配置有密閉膜25」之例。即,如圖2之例所示,可於在偏光板22上塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物11之前,於作為偏光板22與密封體23之間之間隙24之底面的液晶顯示單元21之表面上配置具有接著性之密閉膜25,而將間隙24之一部分封閉。由於密閉膜25之寬度方向之一端與偏光板22鄰接,另一端與密封體23密接,故而間隙24之底部得以密閉。此處,於圖2中,例示配置有密閉膜25之例,但亦可不於間隙24之底面配置密閉膜25,而使液晶顯示單元21之表面露出。 In this state, a gap 24 having a maximum width of several mm is formed between the polarizing plate 22 and the sealing body 23, and it is exemplified that "the sealing film 25 is disposed on the bottom surface of the gap 24 so as not to expose the surface of the liquid crystal display unit 21". example. That is, as shown in the example of FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display unit 21 which is the bottom surface of the gap 24 between the polarizing plate 22 and the sealing body 23 before the second curable resin composition 11 is applied onto the polarizing plate 22 A sealing film 25 having an adhesiveness is disposed on the surface, and one of the gaps 24 is partially closed. Since one end of the sealing film 25 in the width direction is adjacent to the polarizing plate 22, and the other end is in close contact with the sealing body 23, the bottom of the gap 24 is sealed. Here, in FIG. 2, an example in which the sealing film 25 is disposed is exemplified, but the sealing film 25 may not be disposed on the bottom surface of the gap 24, and the surface of the liquid crystal display unit 21 may be exposed.

作為此種密閉膜25,較佳為以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等作為膜基材且具有丙烯酸酯等黏著劑層或接著劑層之黏著膜。 As such a sealing film 25, an adhesive film such as polyethylene terephthalate or the like as a film substrate and having an adhesive layer such as an acrylate or an adhesive layer is preferable.

作為上述偏光板22,可使用用於影像顯示裝置之公知者,例如可使用膜狀之吸收型偏光元件、線柵型偏光元件等。 As the polarizing plate 22, a known image display device can be used. For example, a film-shaped absorption type polarizing element, a wire grid type polarizing element, or the like can be used.

再者,密閉膜25於配置時不一定必須為固體,只要為不會滲入至液晶顯示組件之各構成構件間之間隙之程度之高黏度即可。更具體而言,可使用黏度65Pa.s左右之硬化性樹脂組成物。又,就以不進入至間隙之程度保持形狀之方面而言,亦可使用搖變比(thixotropy ratio)3左右之接著劑。 Further, the sealing film 25 does not necessarily have to be solid at the time of arrangement, and may have a high viscosity as long as it does not penetrate into the gap between the constituent members of the liquid crystal display device. More specifically, a viscosity of 65 Pa can be used. A curable resin composition around s. Further, an adhesive having a thixotropy ratio of about 3 may be used in terms of maintaining the shape so as not to enter the gap.

關於液晶顯示單元21,可於與形成有偏光板22之面相反側之面積層背光側偏光板(未圖示)。此處,並不限定於「對液晶顯示單元21直接積層背光側偏光板」之構造,只要於液晶顯示單元21上配置有偏光板22即可,亦可使其他功能性膜等光學構件介置於液晶顯示單元21與背光側偏光板之間。 The liquid crystal display unit 21 can be an area-side backlight-side polarizing plate (not shown) on the side opposite to the surface on which the polarizing plate 22 is formed. Here, the configuration is not limited to the structure in which the backlight-side polarizing plate is directly laminated on the liquid crystal display unit 21, and the polarizing plate 22 may be disposed on the liquid crystal display unit 21, and optical members such as other functional films may be interposed. It is between the liquid crystal display unit 21 and the backlight-side polarizing plate.

進而,對於背光側偏光板,可於與配置有液晶顯示單元21之面相反側之面形成背光源(未圖示)。作為構成背光源之光源,例如可使用冷陰極管或LED(Light Emitting Diode)等。作為具體例,可例示如下邊緣照明方式:將光源(未圖示)配設於導光板(未圖示)之一端,利用導光板將來自光源之線狀光轉換為面狀光。再者,背光方式並不限定於邊緣照明方式。例如亦可採用於擴散板之正下方配置光源之直下型方式。 Further, in the backlight-side polarizing plate, a backlight (not shown) can be formed on the surface opposite to the surface on which the liquid crystal display unit 21 is disposed. As the light source constituting the backlight, for example, a cold cathode tube, an LED (Light Emitting Diode), or the like can be used. As a specific example, an edge illumination method in which a light source (not shown) is disposed at one end of a light guide plate (not shown) and the linear light from the light source is converted into planar light by the light guide plate can be exemplified. Furthermore, the backlight method is not limited to the edge illumination method. For example, a direct type in which a light source is disposed directly under the diffusion plate may be employed.

為了保護液晶顯示組件1,液晶顯示組件1通常利用殼體26進行覆蓋。殼體26一般使用金屬製材料,具體而言,可使用不鏽鋼等合金、鐵、鋁、銀。 In order to protect the liquid crystal display unit 1, the liquid crystal display unit 1 is usually covered with a casing 26. The casing 26 is generally made of a metal material, and specifically, an alloy such as stainless steel, iron, aluminum, or silver can be used.

於殼體26內,可收容液晶顯示單元、背光源、導光板、光學膜。 The liquid crystal display unit, the backlight, the light guide plate, and the optical film can be housed in the casing 26.

於液晶顯示組件1中,以被覆液晶顯示單元21之方式配置有密封體23。於圖2中,於在偏光膜22之周壁部介存間隙24之狀態下包圍偏光膜而配置密封體23。又,於圖2中,介隔密閉膜25地將密封體23被覆於液晶顯示單元21上,但亦可直接被覆於液晶顯示單元21上。 In the liquid crystal display unit 1, a sealing body 23 is disposed so as to cover the liquid crystal display unit 21. In FIG. 2, the sealing body 23 is disposed so as to surround the polarizing film in a state in which the gap 24 is interposed in the peripheral wall portion of the polarizing film 22. Further, in FIG. 2, the sealing body 23 is coated on the liquid crystal display unit 21 via the sealing film 25, but may be directly coated on the liquid crystal display unit 21.

密封體23被覆影像顯示裝置之外壁,於圖2中為將與液晶顯示單元21之周壁部鄰接而配置之殼體26直接被覆之例,但無需特別限定於該態樣而配置。再者,雖未圖示,但可如上所述於液晶顯示單元21之與形成有偏光板22之面相反側之面積層背光側偏光板,進而於背光側偏光板上積層背光源,使殼體26鄰接並覆蓋背光源,以該殼體26覆蓋該等構件之周壁部之態樣配置。並且,可設為使密封體23進一步被覆殼體26之構成。 The sealing body 23 covers the outer wall of the image display device, and is an example in which the casing 26 disposed adjacent to the peripheral wall portion of the liquid crystal display unit 21 is directly covered in FIG. 2, but it is not particularly limited to this. Further, although not shown, the backlight layer side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display unit 21 opposite to the surface on which the polarizing plate 22 is formed may be laminated as described above, and the backlight may be laminated on the backlight side polarizing plate to form a case. The body 26 abuts and covers the backlight, with the housing 26 covering the configuration of the peripheral wall portion of the members. Further, the sealing body 23 may be further configured to cover the casing 26.

作為密封體23,一般使用有機高分子材料,具體而言,可使用「於PET等之膜基材具有丙烯酸聚合物系等之黏著層或接著層」之黏著膜等。 As the sealing body 23, an organic polymer material is generally used. Specifically, an adhesive film having an adhesive layer or an adhesive layer of an acrylic polymer or the like on a film substrate such as PET can be used.

圖3所示之保護板2係保護上述液晶顯示組件1者。並且,保護板2係具有透明基板3及形成於透明基板3之單面表面上之遮光部4之構件。 The protective sheet 2 shown in Fig. 3 protects the liquid crystal display unit 1 described above. Further, the protective plate 2 is a member having a transparent substrate 3 and a light shielding portion 4 formed on one surface of the transparent substrate 3.

作為用於保護板2之透明基板3,可列舉玻璃板、或透明樹脂板,於對於來自顯示面板之出射光或反射光透明性較高之方面自不待言,而且就具有耐光性、低雙折射率、高平面精度、耐表面損傷性、及高機械強度之方面而言,較佳為玻璃板。 As the transparent substrate 3 for the protective sheet 2, a glass plate or a transparent resin plate is mentioned, and it is self-evident in terms of high transparency to emitted light or reflected light from the display panel, and has light resistance and low doubleness. A glass plate is preferred in terms of refractive index, high planar precision, surface damage resistance, and high mechanical strength.

作為玻璃板之材料,可列舉鈉鈣玻璃等玻璃材料,更佳為鐵分更低、藍色較少之高透光玻璃。為了提高安全性,亦可使用強化玻璃作為表面材料。尤其於使用較薄之玻璃板之情形時,較佳為使用實施過化學 強化之玻璃板。 The material of the glass plate may, for example, be a glass material such as soda lime glass, and more preferably a high light-transmissive glass having a lower iron content and less blue color. In order to improve safety, tempered glass can also be used as the surface material. Especially in the case of using a thinner glass plate, it is preferred to use a chemical that has been implemented. Strengthened glass panels.

作為透明樹脂板之材料,可列舉聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(PMMA)板、聚碳酸酯(PC)板、脂環式聚烯烴聚合物(COP)板等透明性較高之樹脂材料。 Examples of the material of the transparent resin sheet include a resin material having high transparency such as a polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) sheet, a polycarbonate (PC) sheet, or an alicyclic polyolefin polymer (COP) sheet.

對於保護板2,為了提高與樹脂硬化物層之界面接著力,亦可實施表面處理。作為表面處理之方法,可列舉利用矽烷偶合劑對保護板2之表面進行處理之方法、藉由利用火焰燃燒器所得之氧化焰而形成氧化矽薄膜之方法等。 For the protective sheet 2, a surface treatment may be performed in order to improve the interfacial adhesion with the resin cured layer. Examples of the surface treatment include a method of treating the surface of the protective sheet 2 with a decane coupling agent, a method of forming a ruthenium oxide film by using an oxidizing flame obtained by a flame burner, and the like.

對於保護板2,為了提高顯示影像之對比度,亦可於與形成有使下述第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得之第1硬化物層13或使第2硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得之第2硬化物層14之側相反側的表面設置抗反射層。抗反射層可藉由於保護板2之表面直接形成無機薄膜之方法、或將設置有抗反射層之透明樹脂膜貼合於保護板2之方法而設置。 In order to improve the contrast of the display image, the protective sheet 2 may be obtained by curing the first cured material layer 13 obtained by curing the first curable resin composition described below or by curing the second curable resin composition. An antireflection layer is provided on the surface on the side opposite to the side of the second cured material layer 14. The antireflection layer can be provided by a method of directly forming an inorganic thin film on the surface of the protective sheet 2 or a method of bonding a transparent resin film provided with an antireflection layer to the protective sheet 2.

又,亦可根據目的,將保護板2之一部分或整體著色,或將保護板2之表面之一部分或整體製成毛玻璃狀而使光散射,或於保護板2之表面之一部分或整體形成微細之凹凸等而使透過光折射或反射。又,亦可將著色膜、光散射膜、光折射膜、光反射膜等貼合於保護板2之表面之一部分或整體。 Further, a part or the whole of the protective sheet 2 may be colored according to the purpose, or a part or the whole of the surface of the protective sheet 2 may be made into a glassy shape to scatter light, or a part or the whole of the surface of the protective sheet 2 may be finely formed. The concave and convex or the like refracts or reflects the transmitted light. Further, a colored film, a light-scattering film, a light-refractive film, a light-reflecting film, or the like may be bonded to one or the entire surface of the protective sheet 2.

保護板2之形狀通常為矩形。 The shape of the protective plate 2 is generally rectangular.

關於保護板2之大小,由於本發明之製造方法尤其適於相對大面積之影像顯示裝置之製造,故而於電視接收器之情形時,適宜為0.5m×0.4m以上,尤佳為0.7m×0.4m以上。保護板2之大小上限多數情況下由顯示面板之大小所決定。又,過大之影像顯示裝置於設置等時容易導致不易操作。 就該等制約而言,保護板2之大小上限通常為2.5m×1.5m左右。 Regarding the size of the protective plate 2, since the manufacturing method of the present invention is particularly suitable for the manufacture of a relatively large-area image display device, it is preferably 0.5 m × 0.4 m or more, and more preferably 0.7 m × in the case of a television receiver. 0.4m or more. The upper limit of the size of the protective plate 2 is often determined by the size of the display panel. Moreover, an image display device that is too large may easily cause difficulty in operation when it is installed or the like. In terms of these constraints, the upper limit of the size of the protective plate 2 is usually about 2.5 m x 1.5 m.

關於保護板2之厚度,就機械強度、透明性等方面而言,於玻璃板之情形時通常為0.5~25mm。於在室內使用之電視接收器、PC用顯示器等用途中,就顯示裝置之輕量化之方面而言,較佳為1~6mm,於設置於室外之公眾顯示用途中,較佳為3~20mm。於使用化學強化玻璃之情形時,就強度之方面而言,玻璃之厚度較佳為0.5~1.5mm左右。於透明樹脂板之情形時,較佳為2~10mm。 Regarding the thickness of the protective sheet 2, in terms of mechanical strength, transparency, and the like, it is usually 0.5 to 25 mm in the case of a glass plate. For applications such as television receivers and PC monitors that are used indoors, it is preferably 1 to 6 mm in terms of weight reduction of the display device, and is preferably 3 to 20 mm in public display applications installed outdoors. . In the case of using chemically strengthened glass, the thickness of the glass is preferably about 0.5 to 1.5 mm in terms of strength. In the case of a transparent resin sheet, it is preferably 2 to 10 mm.

遮光部4係以自保護板2側無法目視辨認下述液晶顯示單元之影像顯示區域以外之方式將與顯示面板連接之配線構件等隱蔽者。遮光部4可形成於形成下述第2硬化物層14或第1硬化物層13之側之表面,降低遮光部4與影像顯示區域之視差。於保護板2為玻璃板之情形時,若對遮光印刷部使用包含黑色顏料之陶瓷印刷,則遮光性較高,故而較佳。亦可將於貼合於保護板2之面設置有遮光部4且於其背面、即顯示裝置之最表面設置有抗反射層之膜貼合於保護板。例如遮光部4係藉由貼附膠帶或塗佈塗料或印刷等而形成。 The light shielding unit 4 is a concealer such as a wiring member that is connected to the display panel so that the image display area of the liquid crystal display unit described below cannot be visually recognized from the side of the protective sheet 2 . The light shielding portion 4 can be formed on the surface on the side where the second cured material layer 14 or the first cured material layer 13 is formed to reduce the parallax between the light shielding portion 4 and the image display region. In the case where the protective sheet 2 is a glass plate, it is preferable to use a ceramic printing containing a black pigment for the light-shielding printing portion, since the light-shielding property is high. A film having a light-shielding portion 4 attached to the surface of the protective sheet 2 and having an anti-reflection layer on the back surface thereof, that is, the outermost surface of the display device may be bonded to the protective sheet. For example, the light shielding portion 4 is formed by attaching a tape, applying a paint, printing, or the like.

再者,於本發明中亦可應用於不具有遮光部4者,但於以下之第1~4之實施形態之說明中,以具備遮光部4之情形為具體例進行說明。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the case where the light shielding portion 4 is not provided can be applied. However, in the following description of the first to fourth embodiments, the case where the light shielding portion 4 is provided will be described as a specific example.

[步驟A] [Step A]

其次,如圖1(a)所示,將含有下述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11塗佈於具有遮光部4之保護板2的形成有遮光部4之面之表面。作為塗佈方法,可列舉:狹縫式塗佈、輥式塗佈、旋轉塗佈、網版印刷法等。再者,於本實施形態中,例示「於保 護板2上塗佈第1硬化性樹脂組成物」之形態,但亦可塗佈於液晶顯示組件1側,進而亦可塗佈於保護板2及液晶顯示組件1各自之基板上。 Next, as shown in Fig. 1 (a), the first curable resin composition 11 containing the following (meth) acrylate (A) and photopolymerization initiator (B) is applied to the light-shielding portion 4 The surface of the protective plate 2 on which the surface of the light shielding portion 4 is formed is formed. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, roll coating, spin coating, and screen printing. Furthermore, in the present embodiment, an example is given Although the first curable resin composition is applied to the shield 2, it may be applied to the liquid crystal display unit 1 side, or may be applied to the respective substrates of the protective sheet 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1.

此處,第1硬化性樹脂組成物11只要以填充影像顯示裝置之目視辨認區域之方式塗佈即可,亦可使其他光學構件介置於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11與所塗佈之基板之間。 Here, the first curable resin composition 11 may be applied so as to fill the visual recognition region of the image display device, and other optical members may be interposed between the first curable resin composition 11 and the coated portion. Between the substrates.

關於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11,使第1硬化性樹脂組成物11硬化而獲得之第1硬化物層於25℃之儲存剛性模數較佳為102~107Pa,更佳為102~105Pa。進而,為了使貼合時之空隙於更短時間內消失,尤佳為102~104Pa。若儲存剛性模數為103Pa以上,則容易維持第1硬化物層13之形狀。又,即便於所形成之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度相對較厚之情形時,亦可於第1硬化物層13整體均勻地維持厚度,於將保護板2與液晶顯示組件1貼合時,於液晶顯示組件1與第1硬化物層13之界面不易產生空隙。若儲存剛性模數為107Pa以下,則可發揮良好之密接性。又,由於所形成之樹脂材料之分子運動性相對較高,故而在減壓環境下將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2貼合後將其恢復至大氣壓環境下時,藉由空隙內之壓力(減壓之狀態下)與對填充材料硬化物層所施加之壓力(大氣壓)之差壓而空隙之體積容易減少,又,體積減少後空隙內之氣體容易溶解於填充材料硬化物層中而被吸收。 In the first curable resin composition 11, the first cured layer obtained by curing the first curable resin composition 11 has a storage rigidity modulus at 25 ° C of preferably 10 2 to 10 7 Pa, more preferably 10 2 ~ 10 5 Pa. Further, in order to make the void at the time of bonding disappear in a shorter time, it is particularly preferably 10 2 to 10 4 Pa. When the storage rigidity modulus is 10 3 Pa or more, the shape of the first cured material layer 13 is easily maintained. In addition, even when the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 to be formed is relatively thick, the entire first cured layer 13 can be uniformly maintained in thickness, and the protective sheet 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 can be attached. At the same time, voids are less likely to occur at the interface between the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the first cured material layer 13. When the storage rigidity modulus is 10 7 Pa or less, good adhesion can be exhibited. Moreover, since the molecular mobility of the formed resin material is relatively high, when the liquid crystal display device 1 and the protective sheet 2 are bonded together in a reduced pressure environment and restored to an atmospheric pressure environment, the pressure in the void is utilized ( In the state of decompression and the pressure (atmospheric pressure) applied to the hardened material layer of the filler, the volume of the void is easily reduced, and after the volume is reduced, the gas in the void is easily dissolved in the hardened layer of the filler. absorb.

第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度較佳為50~500μm,更佳為50~350μm,尤佳為100~350μm。若第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度為50μm以上,則第1硬化物層13可有效地緩衝來自保護板2側之外力所引起之衝擊等,而保護液晶顯示組件1。又,於本發明之影像顯示裝置之 製造方法中,即便於液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之間混入不超過第1硬化物層13之厚度之異物,第1硬化物層13之厚度亦不會較大變化,而對光透過性能之影響較少。若第1硬化物層13之厚度為500μm以下,則於第1硬化物層13中不易殘留空隙,又,影像顯示裝置整體之厚度不會不必要地變厚。 The thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 is preferably 50 to 500 μm, more preferably 50 to 350 μm, still more preferably 100 to 350 μm. When the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 is 50 μm or more, the first cured material layer 13 can effectively absorb the impact or the like caused by the force from the side of the protective sheet 2, and protect the liquid crystal display unit 1. Moreover, in the image display device of the present invention In the manufacturing method, even if a foreign matter not exceeding the thickness of the first cured material layer 13 is mixed between the liquid crystal display element 1 and the protective sheet 2, the thickness of the first cured material layer 13 does not largely change, and the light transmission property is transmitted. The impact is less. When the thickness of the first cured material layer 13 is 500 μm or less, voids are less likely to remain in the first cured material layer 13, and the thickness of the entire image display device is not unnecessarily thick.

作為調整第1硬化物層13之厚度之方法,可列舉調節下述第2硬化物層14之厚度並且調節對保護板2之表面供給之液狀之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之供給量之方法。 The method of adjusting the thickness of the first cured product layer 13 is to adjust the thickness of the second cured material layer 14 to be adjusted and adjust the supply amount of the liquid first curable resin composition 11 supplied to the surface of the protective sheet 2. The method.

第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之黏度較佳為0.05~50Pa.s,更佳為1~20Pa.s。若黏度為0.05Pa.s以上,則可抑制第1硬化物層13之物性之降低。又,由於低沸點成分變少,故而可抑制下述減壓環境下之揮發而較佳。若黏度為50Pa.s以下,則於第1硬化物層13中不易殘留空隙。 The viscosity of the first curable resin composition 11 is preferably 0.05 to 50 Pa. s, more preferably 1~20Pa. s. If the viscosity is 0.05Pa. When s or more, the deterioration of the physical properties of the first cured product layer 13 can be suppressed. Moreover, since the low boiling point component is small, it is preferable to suppress volatilization in the following reduced pressure environment. If the viscosity is 50Pa. In the case of s or less, voids are less likely to remain in the first cured layer 13 .

第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之黏度係於25℃使用E型黏度計進行測定。 The viscosity of the first curable resin composition 11 was measured at 25 ° C using an E-type viscometer.

第1硬化性樹脂組成物11可為光硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可為熱硬化性樹脂組成物。作為第1硬化性樹脂組成物,就可於低溫下硬化且硬化速度較快之方面而言,較佳為含硬化性化合物及光聚合起始劑之光硬化性樹脂組成物。 The first curable resin composition 11 may be a photocurable resin composition or a thermosetting resin composition. The first curable resin composition is preferably a photocurable resin composition containing a curable compound and a photopolymerization initiator in terms of being cured at a low temperature and having a high curing rate.

此處,可將第1硬化性樹脂組成物11於未硬化之狀態下用於貼合,但較佳為如圖1(a)中所記載般使其暫時硬化。 Here, the first curable resin composition 11 may be used for bonding in an uncured state, but it is preferably temporarily cured as described in FIG. 1(a).

具體而言,對塗佈後之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之塗佈膜照射紫外線5,而獲得硬化物層,該硬化物層具有存在於塗佈層之下部側(自硬化性樹脂組成物觀察時為透明基板側)之硬化部分(圖中未顯示)及存在於塗佈 層之上部側(與透明基板側相反之側)(於大氣中進行時為大氣側)之未硬化部分(圖中未顯示)。照射量較佳為5~2000mJ/cm2,更佳為10~1000mJ/cm2,尤佳為10~500mJ/cm2。若照射量過少,則有最終貼合而成之光學構件之樹脂之硬化度不充分之情形,若照射量過多,則有未硬化成分變少,而液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2之貼合變得不良之情形。 Specifically, the coating film of the first curable resin composition 11 after application is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 5 to obtain a cured layer having a lower side of the coating layer (self-curing resin composition) The hardened portion (not shown) on the transparent substrate side when the object is observed, and the unhardened portion which is present on the upper side of the coating layer (the side opposite to the transparent substrate side) (the atmospheric side when it is carried out in the atmosphere) Not shown in the figure). The irradiation amount is preferably 5 ~ 2000mJ / cm 2, more preferably 10 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 10 ~ 500mJ / cm 2. When the amount of irradiation is too small, the degree of hardening of the resin of the optical member finally bonded is insufficient. When the amount of irradiation is too large, the amount of unhardened component is small, and the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet having the light shielding portion are provided. The fit of 2 becomes bad.

於本發明中,所謂「未硬化」表示於25℃環境下具有流動性之狀態。 In the present invention, "unhardened" means a state of fluidity in an environment of 25 ° C.

又,於紫外線照射後用手指觸摸樹脂組成物層而於手指上附著液狀成分之情形時,判斷為具有未硬化部分者。 Moreover, when the resin composition layer is touched with a finger after ultraviolet irradiation, and a liquid component is attached to a finger, it is judged that it has an unhardened part.

藉由紫外~近紫外之紫外線照射進行硬化時,只要為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈,則不限光源。例如可列舉:低壓、高壓或超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、(脈衝)氙氣燈、LED燈或無電極燈等。 When it is hardened by ultraviolet irradiation of ultraviolet to near ultraviolet light, it is not limited to a light source as long as it is a light that irradiates ultraviolet to near ultraviolet light. For example, a low pressure, high pressure or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a (pulse) xenon lamp, an LED lamp or an electrodeless lamp can be cited.

進而較佳為於本發明之步驟1中,於將對硬化性樹脂組成物照射之紫外線於320nm~450nm之範圍內之最大照度設為100時,200~320nm下之最大照度之比率(照度比)為30以下,尤佳為200~320nm下之照度為10以下。於將320nm~450nm之範圍內之最大照度設為100時,若200~320nm下之最大照度之比率(照度比)高於30,則最終獲得之光學構件之接著強度較差。認為其原因在於:若低波長下之照度較高,則於步驟1中之硬化時硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化過度進行,使步驟3中之紫外線之照射之硬化時之對密接性之貢獻減少。再者,作為照度,通常於各波長(例如365nm)下例如為30~1000mW/cm2Further, in the step 1 of the present invention, the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm (illuminance ratio) when the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm of ultraviolet rays irradiated to the curable resin composition is 100 It is 30 or less, and particularly preferably, the illuminance at 200 to 320 nm is 10 or less. When the maximum illuminance in the range of 320 nm to 450 nm is set to 100, if the ratio of the maximum illuminance at 200 to 320 nm (illuminance ratio) is higher than 30, the final strength of the finally obtained optical member is inferior. The reason for this is considered to be that if the illuminance at a low wavelength is high, the hardening of the curable resin composition during the curing in the step 1 is excessively performed, and the contribution to the adhesion during the curing of the ultraviolet ray in the step 3 is reduced. . Further, the illuminance is usually, for example, 30 to 1000 mW/cm 2 at each wavelength (for example, 365 nm).

此處,以成為上述照度比率之方式照射紫外線之方法例如為使用滿足該照度比率之條件之燈作為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈之方法,或於燈 本身不滿足該照度條件之情形時,亦可藉由於步驟1之照射時使用將短波長之紫外線截斷之基材(例如短波紫外線截斷濾光器、玻璃板、膜等)而以此種照度比率進行照射。作為調整紫外線之照度比率之基材並無特別限定,例如可列舉實施短波紫外線截斷處理之玻璃板、鈉鈣玻璃、PET膜等。 Here, the method of irradiating ultraviolet rays so as to become the above-described illuminance ratio is, for example, a method of using a lamp satisfying the condition of the illuminance ratio as a method of irradiating a light of ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light, or a lamp When the illuminance condition is not satisfied by itself, the illuminance ratio may be used by the substrate (for example, a short-wave ultraviolet cut filter, a glass plate, a film, or the like) that cuts off short-wavelength ultraviolet rays by the irradiation of the step 1. Irradiation is performed. The substrate for adjusting the illuminance ratio of the ultraviolet ray is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a glass plate, a soda lime glass, a PET film, and the like which are subjected to short-wave ultraviolet ray cutting treatment.

於該情形時,紫外線之照射通常較佳為於大氣中自塗佈側之上部側表面(自硬化性樹脂組成物層觀察時為與透明基板側相反之側)(通常為大氣面)進行照射。又,亦可在呈真空後一面將硬化抑制性氣體噴霧至塗佈層之上表面的表面,一面進行紫外線照射。於大氣中使樹脂組成物硬化之情形時,與液晶顯示組件側相反之側或與透明基板側相反之側成為大氣側。 In this case, it is preferred that the ultraviolet ray is irradiated in the atmosphere from the upper side surface of the coating side (the side opposite to the transparent substrate side when viewed from the curable resin composition layer) (usually the atmospheric surface). . Further, after the vacuum is applied, the curing inhibitory gas may be sprayed onto the surface of the upper surface of the coating layer to perform ultraviolet irradiation. When the resin composition is cured in the atmosphere, the side opposite to the liquid crystal display unit side or the side opposite to the transparent substrate side becomes the atmosphere side.

於紫外線照射時,藉由對紫外線硬化型樹脂層(塗佈層)表面吹送氧或臭氧,可調整未硬化部分之狀態或未硬化部分之膜厚。 At the time of ultraviolet irradiation, by blowing oxygen or ozone to the surface of the ultraviolet curable resin layer (coating layer), the state of the unhardened portion or the film thickness of the uncured portion can be adjusted.

即,藉由對塗佈層之表面吹送氧或臭氧,由於在其表面產生抑制硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化之氧,故而可使其表面之未硬化部分變得確實,又,可使未硬化部分之膜厚變厚。 In other words, by blowing oxygen or ozone onto the surface of the coating layer, oxygen which is hardened by the curable resin composition is generated on the surface thereof, so that the unhardened portion of the surface can be made sure and the uncured portion can be made hard. Part of the film thickness becomes thicker.

此處,於本說明書中,所謂硬化率表示就硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化成分而言之硬化率,表示除去柔軟化劑等不會硬化之成分而算出者。再者,於本發明中,硬化收縮率可根據下述數學式(1),由25℃下之硬化前液比重與硬化而獲得之25℃下之膜比重而算出。 Here, in the present specification, the curing ratio indicates the curing rate in terms of the hardening component of the curable resin composition, and is calculated by removing a component that does not harden, such as a softening agent. Further, in the present invention, the curing shrinkage ratio can be calculated from the specific gravity of the film at 25 ° C obtained by the specific gravity of the pre-hardening liquid at 25 ° C and the hardening according to the following formula (1).

(數學式1)硬化收縮率=(膜比重-液比重)/膜比重×100 (1) (Mathematical formula 1) Hardening shrinkage ratio = (film specific gravity - liquid specific gravity) / film specific gravity × 100 (1)

本發明中所使用之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11較佳為相對於上述[步驟B]中照射紫外線時樹脂層在25℃之儲存剛性模數,上述[步驟C-I] 或[步驟C-III]中照射紫外線時樹脂層之儲存剛性模數為3~20倍(較佳為3~10倍)。 The first curable resin composition 11 used in the present invention is preferably a storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer at 25 ° C when irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the above [Step B], the above [Step C-I] Or the storage rigid modulus of the resin layer when irradiated with ultraviolet rays in [Step C-III] is 3 to 20 times (preferably 3 to 10 times).

作為儲存剛性模數之測定方法,例如可藉由下述方法而測定。具體而言,準備2片塗佈有氟系脫模劑之厚度40μm之PET膜,對其中1片之脫模劑塗佈面以硬化後之膜厚成為600μm之方式塗佈所獲得之硬化性樹脂組成物。其後,將2片PET膜以各自之脫模劑塗佈面相互相對之方式貼合。隔著PET膜利用高壓水銀燈(80W/cm,無臭氧)照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線,而使該樹脂組成物硬化。其後,將2片PET膜剝離,而製作剛性模數測定用硬化物。並且,關於剛性模數,可使用ARES(TA Instruments)於20~40℃之溫度區域測定剛性模數。 As a method of measuring the storage rigidity modulus, for example, it can be measured by the following method. Specifically, two PET films having a thickness of 40 μm coated with a fluorine-based release agent were prepared, and the hardenability obtained by coating the release coating surface of one of the release agents to 600 μm after curing was performed. Resin composition. Thereafter, two PET films were bonded to each other with the release surfaces of the respective release agents facing each other. The resin composition was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 with a high pressure mercury lamp (80 W/cm, no ozone) through a PET film. Thereafter, two PET films were peeled off to prepare a cured product for measuring rigid modulus. Further, regarding the rigid modulus, the rigid modulus can be measured using ARES (TA Instruments) in a temperature range of 20 to 40 °C.

[步驟C-I]中之正式硬化時硬化率為95%以上。 The hardening rate at the time of the main hardening in [Step C-I] is 95% or more.

本發明中所使用之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11較佳為於上述暫時硬化時25℃下之儲存剛性模數為1×102Pa~1×104Pa。 The first curable resin composition 11 used in the present invention preferably has a storage rigidity modulus at 25 ° C of 1 × 10 2 Pa to 1 × 10 4 Pa at the time of the temporary curing.

若儲存剛性模數大於1×104Pa,則第1硬化性樹脂組成物11會因硬化而產生收縮力,因此第1硬化性樹脂組成物11無法追隨基材,而產生剝離,或基材變形,或因應力未得到充分緩和而於獲得光學構件時產生顯示不均。又,於真空中貼合時,藉由暫時硬化時之儲存剛性模數在上述範圍內,可於移動至大氣壓下時不產生不良情況而利用樹脂填埋貼合時所產生之空間。另一方面,若為1×102Pa以下,則由於剛性模數過低故而無法充分地保持硬化物之形狀,因此無法獲得適於暫時硬化時之硬化物。此處,上述儲存剛性模數較佳為300~3000Pa,更佳為500~2000Pa。 When the storage rigidity modulus is more than 1 × 10 4 Pa, the first curable resin composition 11 is contracted by hardening, so that the first curable resin composition 11 cannot follow the substrate and peels off, or the substrate The deformation, or the stress is not sufficiently alleviated, causes display unevenness when the optical member is obtained. Further, when bonding in a vacuum, the storage rigidity modulus at the time of temporary hardening is within the above range, and the space generated at the time of bonding can be filled with a resin without causing a problem when moving to atmospheric pressure. On the other hand, when it is 1 × 10 2 Pa or less, since the shape of the cured product cannot be sufficiently maintained because the rigidity modulus is too low, a cured product suitable for temporary curing cannot be obtained. Here, the storage rigidity modulus is preferably from 300 to 3,000 Pa, more preferably from 500 to 2,000 Pa.

作為暫時硬化時之樹脂之硬化率為60~90%,藉由在該硬化率之硬化 物其儲存剛性模數為上述值及較佳值,可防止基板之變形及顯示不均。 The hardening rate of the resin as a temporary hardening is 60 to 90%, and hardening at the hardening rate The storage rigidity modulus is the above value and a preferred value, and the deformation and display unevenness of the substrate can be prevented.

此處,下述[步驟C-I]中之正式硬化時硬化率通常為95%以上。 Here, the hardening rate at the time of the main hardening in the following [Step C-I] is usually 95% or more.

於本發明中,如上所述,較佳為使用相對於暫時硬化時樹脂層在25℃之儲存剛性模數,下述[步驟C-I]中照射紫外線時樹脂層之儲存剛性模數為1.5~10倍的樹脂組成物。若以硬化率來表示,則較佳為使用相對於硬化率80%之照射紫外線時樹脂層在25℃之儲存剛性模數,硬化率98%之照射紫外線時樹脂層之儲存剛性模數為1.5~10倍的樹脂組成物。 In the present invention, as described above, it is preferable to use a storage rigidity modulus at 25 ° C with respect to the resin layer at the time of temporary hardening, and the storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer when irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the following [Step CI] is 1.5 to 10 Double the resin composition. When it is represented by a hardening rate, it is preferable to use a storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer at 25 ° C when irradiated with ultraviolet rays with respect to a curing rate of 80%, and a storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer when irradiated with ultraviolet rays having a curing rate of 98% is 1.5. ~10 times the resin composition.

如此,藉由為剛性模數根據硬化率而急遽變化之樹脂,且將硬化率較低時之剛性模數抑制於一定範圍,可於硬化率較低之狀態下與基材容易地接著,由於沿著基材之翹曲接著,故而可容易地接著。並且,變得追隨基材翹曲之變化,並且亦可防止基材中產生應力。另一方面,於硬化率較高之狀態下,由於所貼合之液晶顯示組件或保護板等光學基材彼此之接著變得剛性,故而可顯著提高接著強度。進而,對於所獲得之光學構件,成為保持適度之柔軟性並且耐濕熱性亦優異之硬化物。 In this way, by the resin which changes rapidly according to the hardening rate in the rigid modulus, and the rigidity modulus at the time of the low hardening rate is suppressed to a certain range, the substrate can be easily adhered to the substrate in a state where the curing rate is low. The warpage along the substrate is followed by, and thus can be easily followed. Moreover, it becomes possible to follow the change in the warpage of the substrate, and also to prevent stress from occurring in the substrate. On the other hand, in a state where the curing rate is high, the optical substrates such as the liquid crystal display unit or the protective sheet to be bonded are rigidly attached to each other, so that the bonding strength can be remarkably improved. Further, the obtained optical member is a cured product which maintains moderate flexibility and is excellent in moist heat resistance.

此處,相對於暫時硬化時之樹脂層在25℃之儲存剛性模數,下述[步驟C-I]或[步驟C-III]中照射紫外線時樹脂層之儲存剛性模數更佳為2~7倍,尤佳為2.5~5倍。若以硬化率來表示,則相對於硬化率80%之照射紫外線時樹脂層在25℃之儲存剛性模數,硬化率98%之照射紫外線時樹脂層之儲存剛性模數較佳為2~7倍,尤佳為2.5~5倍。 Here, the storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer is preferably 2 to 7 in the case of irradiating ultraviolet rays in the following [Step CI] or [Step C-III] with respect to the storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer at the time of temporary hardening at 25 ° C. Double, especially good for 2.5 to 5 times. When expressed by the hardening rate, the storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer at 25 ° C when irradiated with ultraviolet rays with respect to the curing rate of 80%, and the storage rigidity modulus of the resin layer when irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 98% of the curing rate is preferably 2 to 7. Double, especially good for 2.5 to 5 times.

又,本發明之方法中所使用之硬化性樹脂組成物(以下亦簡稱為「本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物」)較佳為於上述正式硬化時25℃下之儲 存剛性模數為1×103Pa~1×106Pa。此處,降低如下擔憂:因儲存剛性模數大於1×106Pa而導致硬化性樹脂組成物因硬化而收縮過大,故而使基材發生變形之擔憂;或是,因應力未得到充分緩和,而於獲得光學構件時產生顯示不均之擔憂。另一方面,若為1×103Pa以下,則由於剛性模數過低故而成為接著強度較低者。此處,上述儲存剛性模數較佳為1.0×103Pa~1.0×105Pa,更佳為1.0×103Pa~3.0×104Pa。 Further, the curable resin composition used in the method of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to simply as "the curable resin composition of the present invention") preferably has a storage rigidity modulus of 1 × at 25 ° C at the time of the above-described main curing. 10 3 Pa~1×10 6 Pa. Here, there is a concern that the storage rigidity modulus is larger than 1×10 6 Pa, and the curable resin composition shrinks excessively due to hardening, so that the base material is deformed or the stress is not sufficiently alleviated. There is a concern that display unevenness occurs when an optical member is obtained. On the other hand, when it is 1 × 10 3 Pa or less, the rigidity is low, and the strength is lower. Here, the storage rigidity modulus is preferably 1.0 × 10 3 Pa to 1.0 × 10 5 Pa, more preferably 1.0 × 10 3 Pa to 3.0 × 10 4 Pa.

[步驟B] [Step B]

其次,以液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之形成有第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之面對向之形式,如圖1(b)所示,將液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2貼合。貼合可於大氣中及真空中之任一環境中進行。 Next, in the form in which the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 are formed with the first curable resin composition 11, as shown in FIG. 1(b), the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet having the light shielding portion are provided. 2 fit. The bonding can be carried out in any environment in the atmosphere and in a vacuum.

此處,為了容易防止於貼合時產生氣泡,較佳為於真空中進行貼合。 Here, in order to prevent generation of air bubbles at the time of bonding, it is preferable to perform bonding in a vacuum.

此處,若獲得於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11中具有硬化部分及未硬化部分之紫外線硬化型樹脂之硬化物後進行貼合,則可期待接著力之提高。 Here, when the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin having the cured portion and the uncured portion in the first curable resin composition 11 is obtained and bonded, the adhesion can be expected to be improved.

於貼合時,藉由按壓等將第1硬化性樹脂組成物11散佈,而使空間內充滿第1硬化性樹脂組成物11。於真空下進行時,其後曝露於較高之壓力環境下時,會形成空隙較少或無空隙之第1硬化物層13。 At the time of bonding, the first curable resin composition 11 is dispersed by pressing or the like, and the space is filled with the first curable resin composition 11. When it is carried out under vacuum, when it is exposed to a high pressure environment, the first cured layer 13 having little or no voids is formed.

於減壓環境下進行貼合之情形時,為1kPa以下,較佳為10~300Pa,更佳為15~100Pa。亦可於貼合後立即解除減壓環境狀態。另一方面,藉由將減壓環境維持規定時間(例如10分鐘以內),第1硬化性樹脂組成物11於空間內流動,而容易使液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之間隔變得均勻。 In the case of bonding in a reduced pressure environment, it is 1 kPa or less, preferably 10 to 300 Pa, and more preferably 15 to 100 Pa. The decompression environment can also be released immediately after lamination. On the other hand, by maintaining the reduced pressure environment for a predetermined period of time (for example, within 10 minutes), the first curable resin composition 11 flows in the space, and the interval between the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 is easily made uniform.

[步驟C-I] [Step C-I]

其次,如圖1(b)所示,自保護板2側對將保護板2及液晶顯示組件1 貼合而獲得之光學構件照射紫外線5,而使硬化性樹脂組成物(塗佈層)硬化。 Next, as shown in FIG. 1(b), the protective board 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 are facing from the side of the protective board 2 The optical member obtained by bonding is irradiated with the ultraviolet ray 5, and the curable resin composition (coating layer) is hardened.

紫外線之照射量以累計光量計較佳為約100~4000mJ/cm2,尤佳為200~3000mJ/cm2左右,進而極佳為1500~3000mJ/cm2。關於藉由紫外~近紫外之光線照射之硬化所使用之光源,只要為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈,則不限光源。例如可列舉:低壓、高壓或超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、(脈衝)氙氣燈、LED燈、或無電極燈等。 The amount of ultraviolet light to be irradiated is preferably about 100 to 4,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably about 200 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 , and even more preferably 1,500 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 . The light source used for hardening by ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light is not limited to a light source as long as it is a light that illuminates ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light. For example, a low pressure, high pressure or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a (pulse) xenon lamp, an LED lamp, or an electrodeless lamp can be cited.

[步驟C-II] [Step C-II]

進而,如圖1(c)所示,以將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結之方式,將含下述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之第2硬化性樹脂組成物12於保護板2上塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部。此處,例示塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部之例作為具體例,但第2硬化性樹脂組成物12只要塗佈於密封體23或殼體26之外周側面部即可,只要結果將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結即可。又,例示「於保護板2上塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物12」之例,但亦可使其他光學構件介置於保護板2與第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之間。 Further, as shown in FIG. 1(c), the second curing of the (meth) acrylate (A) and the photopolymerization initiator (B) is carried out so that the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet are connected to each other. The resin composition 12 is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 on the protective sheet 2. Here, a specific example of application to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 is exemplified, but the second curable resin composition 12 may be applied to the outer side surface portion of the sealing body 23 or the casing 26 as long as the result is The liquid crystal display unit 1 can be connected to the protective plate. Moreover, the example in which "the second curable resin composition 12 is applied to the protective sheet 2" is exemplified, but another optical member may be interposed between the protective sheet 2 and the second curable resin composition 12.

作為於殼體26之外周側面部塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物之形態,例如可具體地列舉對於圖2中僅未設置密封體23之液晶顯示組件1塗佈於殼體26之外周側面部之形態等,但液晶顯示組件1之形態或塗佈之形態只要於殼體26之外周側面部塗佈有第2硬化性樹脂組成物,則並不特別限定於該形態。 As a form in which the second curable resin composition is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing 26, for example, the liquid crystal display unit 1 in which only the sealing body 23 is not provided in FIG. 2 is applied to the outer peripheral side of the casing 26 The form of the liquid crystal display unit 1 or the form to be applied is not particularly limited to this form as long as the second curable resin composition is applied to the outer side surface portion of the casing 26 .

作為塗佈之方法,可列舉滴塗(dispense)方式等。此處,塗佈於液晶 顯示組件1及保護板2之表面之第1硬化性樹脂組成物及第2硬化性樹脂組成物可相同,亦可使用不同之硬化性樹脂組成物。 Examples of the method of coating include a dispensing method and the like. Here, applied to liquid crystal The first curable resin composition and the second curable resin composition on the surface of the display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 may be the same, and different curable resin compositions may be used.

此處,於本發明中,第2硬化性樹脂組成物12係以將液晶顯示組件與保護板連結之方式塗佈於上述密封體23或上述殼體之外周側面部。如此,藉由避開液晶顯示單元之投影區域而於密封體23或固定液晶顯示組件1之殼體26之外周側面部塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物12,而於密封體23之外周側面部或固定液晶顯示組件之殼體26之外周側面部形成使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12硬化而獲得之第2硬化物層。藉由使第2硬化物層積層於該部位,即便藉由用手指等之按壓而對第2硬化物層14上施加壓力,壓力亦不易傳遞至液晶顯示單元,因此可防止於影像顯示部產生波紋。另一方面,若將第2硬化物層12積層於液晶顯示單元之顯示區域或偏光板上,則對第2硬化物層上或影像顯示區域之周壁部施加壓力時,會因干涉而產生波紋。 In the present invention, the second curable resin composition 12 is applied to the sealing body 23 or the outer circumferential side surface portion of the casing so as to connect the liquid crystal display unit and the protective plate. In this manner, the second curable resin composition 12 is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 or the casing 26 of the fixed liquid crystal display unit 1 by avoiding the projection area of the liquid crystal display unit, and the outer peripheral side of the sealing body 23 is provided. A second cured material layer obtained by curing the second curable resin composition 12 is formed on the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing 26 of the fixed liquid crystal display unit. When the second cured material is laminated on the portion, even if pressure is applied to the second cured material layer 14 by pressing with a finger or the like, the pressure is not easily transmitted to the liquid crystal display unit, and thus the image display portion can be prevented from being generated. ripple. On the other hand, when the second cured material layer 12 is laminated on the display region or the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display unit, when pressure is applied to the peripheral wall portion of the second cured material layer or the image display region, ripples are generated due to interference. .

又,如此,藉由積層第2硬化物層14,可保持保護板2與液晶顯示組件1之間隔,由於以為了即便用手指等進行按壓亦可防止壓力傳遞至液晶顯示組件或偏光板而維持該間隔之方式保持,故而可有效地防止因干涉而產生波紋。 In addition, by stacking the second cured material layer 14, the distance between the protective plate 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 can be maintained, and the pressure can be prevented from being transmitted to the liquid crystal display unit or the polarizing plate even when pressed with a finger or the like. Since the interval is maintained, it is possible to effectively prevent the occurrence of waviness due to interference.

再者,第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈較佳為以沿著密封體23或固定液晶顯示組件1之殼體26之外周側面部之方式形成為矩形之框狀。又,亦可以於第2硬化物層14之一部分產生斷裂部分之形態塗佈。 In addition, it is preferable that the coating of the second curable resin composition 12 is formed in a rectangular frame shape along the sealing body 23 or the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing 26 of the liquid crystal display unit 1. Further, it may be applied in a form in which a broken portion is formed in one of the second cured material layers 14.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈厚度只要為對於將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板連結而言充分之厚度即可,但厚於所形成之第1 硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度。較佳為較所形成之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度厚0.01~10mm,更佳為厚0.1~5mm,更佳為厚0.5~3mm。 The coating thickness of the second curable resin composition 12 may be sufficient for connecting the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet, but is thicker than the first one formed. The thickness of the curable resin composition 11. It is preferable that the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 formed is 0.01 to 10 mm thick, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mm thick, and still more preferably 0.5 to 3 mm thick.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之硬化時在25℃之儲存剛性模數,較佳為大於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之硬化物層在25℃之儲存剛性模數。若第2硬化物層14之儲存剛性模數大於使第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得之第1硬化物層13之儲存剛性模數,則於將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2連結時,可抵抗因外壓所導致之變形而更牢固地連結,因此可降低第1硬化性樹脂層對間隙厚度之影響。 The storage rigidity modulus at 25 ° C in the curing of the second curable resin composition 12 is preferably larger than the storage rigidity modulus of the cured layer of the first curable resin composition 11 at 25 ° C. When the storage rigidity modulus of the second cured material layer 14 is larger than the storage rigidity modulus of the first cured material layer 13 obtained by curing the first curable resin composition, when the liquid crystal display device 1 and the protective plate 2 are connected It is more resistant to deformation due to deformation due to external pressure, so that the influence of the first curable resin layer on the gap thickness can be reduced.

較佳為以第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之硬化時之收縮率大於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之硬化時之收縮率之方式,設計第2硬化性樹脂組成物12及第1硬化性樹脂組成物11。於使第1硬化性樹脂組成物11硬化而成之第1硬化物層13中,認為與硬化時之收縮率對應之收縮應力殘留於第1硬化物層13之厚度方向,於硬化時因殘留於層狀部之厚度方向之收縮應力而使第1硬化物層13之厚度略微減少。藉由使用硬化時之收縮率小於第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11,可緩和顯示區域內之應力,而抑制顯示不均之產生。 It is preferable to design the second curable resin composition 12 and the first curability so that the shrinkage ratio at the time of curing of the second curable resin composition 12 is larger than the shrinkage ratio at the time of curing of the first curable resin composition 11. Resin composition 11. In the first cured material layer 13 obtained by curing the first curable resin composition 11, it is considered that the shrinkage stress corresponding to the shrinkage ratio at the time of curing remains in the thickness direction of the first cured material layer 13, and remains in the hardening state. The thickness of the first cured layer 13 is slightly reduced by the contraction stress in the thickness direction of the layered portion. By using the first curable resin composition 11 having a shrinkage ratio at the time of curing which is smaller than that of the second curable resin composition 12, the stress in the display region can be alleviated, and the occurrence of display unevenness can be suppressed.

使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之硬化時之收縮率大於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之硬化時之收縮率的手段之一為使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之硬化性基數多於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之硬化性基數。為此,只要於第2硬化性樹脂組成物12中(i)增多分子量較小之硬化性化合物(單體)之含量,或(ii)增多於分子中具有多個反應基之多官能成分之含量即可。 One of the means for causing the shrinkage ratio at the time of curing the second curable resin composition 12 to be larger than the shrinkage ratio at the time of curing of the first curable resin composition 11 is to make the second curable resin composition 12 have more curing bases. The hardening base of the first curable resin composition 11. Therefore, in the second curable resin composition 12, (i) the content of the curable compound (monomer) having a small molecular weight is increased, or (ii) the polyfunctional component having a plurality of reactive groups in the molecule is increased. The content can be.

即,只要使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之黏度高於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之黏度即可。具體而言,第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之未硬化時之黏度較佳為第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之未硬化時之黏度之2倍以上,更佳為5倍以上,進而較佳為10倍以上。又,為了將第2硬化性樹脂組成物12藉由塗佈而形成於透明面材上,第2硬化性樹脂組成物12在25℃未硬化時之黏度較佳為3000Pa.s以下。 In other words, the viscosity of the second curable resin composition 12 may be higher than the viscosity of the first curable resin composition 11. Specifically, the viscosity of the second curable resin composition 12 when it is not cured is preferably twice or more, more preferably 5 times or more, and more preferably 5 times or more, of the first curable resin composition 11 when it is not cured. More than 10 times. Further, in order to form the second curable resin composition 12 on the transparent surface material by application, the viscosity of the second curable resin composition 12 when it is not cured at 25 ° C is preferably 3,000 Pa. s below.

此處,第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之較佳之黏度具體而言為40~70Pa.s。若未達40Pa.s,則第2硬化性樹脂組成物12無法保持形狀而擴散,不易控制厚度,而且有第2硬化性樹脂組成物12使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12潰決之情形。另一方面,於黏度超過70Pa.s之情形時,有不易自塗佈器噴出之情形。 Here, the preferred viscosity of the second curable resin composition 12 is specifically 40 to 70 Pa. s. If it is less than 40Pa. In the case where the second curable resin composition 12 is not able to maintain its shape and is diffused, it is difficult to control the thickness, and the second curable resin composition 12 may be broken by the second curable resin composition 12. On the other hand, the viscosity is over 70Pa. In the case of s, there is a case where it is not easy to eject from the applicator.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12可為光硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可為熱硬化性樹脂組成物。作為第2硬化性樹脂組成物12,就可於低溫下硬化且硬化速度較快之方面而言,較佳為含有硬化性化合物及光聚合起始劑之光硬化性樹脂組成物。 The second curable resin composition 12 may be a photocurable resin composition or a thermosetting resin composition. The second curable resin composition 12 is preferably a photocurable resin composition containing a curable compound and a photopolymerization initiator in terms of being cured at a low temperature and having a high curing rate.

於本發明中,所謂「未硬化」表示於25℃環境下具有流動性之狀態。又,於紫外線照射後用手指觸摸樹脂組成物層而於手指上附著液狀成分之情形時,判斷為具有未硬化部分。 In the present invention, "unhardened" means a state of fluidity in an environment of 25 ° C. Moreover, when the resin composition layer was touched with a finger after ultraviolet irradiation, and a liquid component was attached to a finger, it was judged that it had an unhardened part.

藉由紫外~近紫外之紫外線照射進行硬化時,只要為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈,則不限光源。例如可列舉:低壓、高壓或超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、(脈衝)氙氣燈、LED燈或無電極燈等。 When it is hardened by ultraviolet irradiation of ultraviolet to near ultraviolet light, it is not limited to a light source as long as it is a light that irradiates ultraviolet to near ultraviolet light. For example, a low pressure, high pressure or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a (pulse) xenon lamp, an LED lamp or an electrodeless lamp can be cited.

第1硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈膜11之厚度及第2硬化性樹 脂組成物12之塗佈膜之厚度可使用雷射位移計(Keyence公司製造,LK-H052K),測量透明基板與形成於其上之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之塗佈膜或第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈膜之總厚度而求出。 The thickness of the coating film 11 of the first curable resin composition and the second hardenability tree The thickness of the coating film of the lipid composition 12 can be measured using a laser displacement meter (manufactured by Keyence Corporation, LK-H052K) to measure the transparent substrate and the coating film of the first curable resin composition 11 formed thereon or the second. The total thickness of the coating film of the curable resin composition 12 was determined.

又,亦有根據第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之塗佈膜或第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈膜之表面形狀而不易利用上述雷射位移計進行厚度之測量之情形,於該情形時,可使用3D形狀測定機(高精度形狀測定系統KS-1100)等,測量第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之塗佈膜之厚度及第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈膜之厚度。 Further, depending on the surface shape of the coating film of the first curable resin composition 11 or the coating film of the second curable resin composition 12, it is not easy to measure the thickness by the above-described laser displacement meter. In the case, the thickness of the coating film of the first curable resin composition 11 and the coating film of the second curable resin composition 12 can be measured using a 3D shape measuring machine (high-precision shape measuring system KS-1100) or the like. thickness.

於貼合時,如圖1(b)所示,於在減壓環境下將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2介隔樹脂組成物層而貼合時,即便於液晶顯示組件1或保護板2與硬化性樹脂組成物之界面殘留有獨立之空隙,亦於將其恢復至大氣壓環境下時,藉由空隙內之壓力(減壓之狀態下)與對硬化性樹脂組成物所施加之壓力(大氣壓)之差壓而使空隙之體積減少,經微細化之空隙被硬化性樹脂組成物吸收等而消失。 When bonding, as shown in FIG. 1(b), when the liquid crystal display device 1 and the protective sheet 2 are interposed in a resin composition layer in a reduced pressure environment, even when the liquid crystal display device 1 or the protective sheet 2 is bonded The interface with the curable resin composition has a separate void, and when it is returned to the atmospheric pressure environment, the pressure in the void (under a reduced pressure) and the pressure applied to the curable resin composition ( The difference in pressure at the atmospheric pressure reduces the volume of the voids, and the fine pores are absorbed by the curable resin composition and disappear.

[步驟C-III] [Step C-III]

最後,如圖1(d)所示,使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12硬化而形成第2硬化物層14。 Finally, as shown in FIG. 1(d), the second curable resin composition 12 is cured to form the second cured layer 14.

作為硬化之手段,可列舉熱或光,較佳為藉由照射光而進行硬化。作為光之照射方向並無特別限定,較佳為自所獲得之影像顯示裝置之側面部進行照射、或自液晶顯示組件1之側進行照射。 As a means for hardening, heat or light is mentioned, and it is preferable to harden by irradiating light. The direction of irradiation of the light is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to irradiate from the side surface portion of the obtained image display device or to irradiate from the side of the liquid crystal display unit 1.

紫外線之照射量以累計光量計較佳為約100~4000mJ/cm2,尤佳為200~3000mJ/cm2左右,進而極佳為1500~3000mJ/cm2。關於藉由紫外~近紫 外之光線照射進行硬化時使用之光源,只要為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈,則不限光源。例如可列舉:低壓、高壓或超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、(脈衝)氙氣燈、LED燈、或無電極燈等。 The amount of ultraviolet light to be irradiated is preferably about 100 to 4,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably about 200 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 , and even more preferably 1,500 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 . The light source used for hardening by irradiation of ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light is not limited to a light source as long as it is a light that illuminates ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light. For example, a low pressure, high pressure or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a (pulse) xenon lamp, an LED lamp, or an electrodeless lamp can be cited.

如此,可獲得圖7所示之影像顯示裝置。 Thus, the image display device shown in Fig. 7 can be obtained.

(第2實施形態) (Second embodiment)

圖4係表示本發明之光學構件之製造步驟之第2實施形態的步驟圖。 Fig. 4 is a flow chart showing a second embodiment of the manufacturing process of the optical member of the present invention.

該方法係藉由將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2貼合而獲得光學構件(影像顯示裝置)之方法。再者,對於與第1實施形態之變更部分以外之部分,可反映而併入上述第1實施形態之各記載之事項,並省略一部分說明重複之記載。 This method is a method of obtaining an optical member (image display device) by bonding the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2. In addition, the parts other than the change of the first embodiment can be reflected and incorporated in the above-described first embodiment, and a part of the description will be omitted.

[步驟A] [Step A]

首先,如圖4(a)所示,將包含下述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11塗佈於具有遮光部4之保護板2的形成有遮光部4之面之表面。作為塗佈方法,可列舉:狹縫式塗佈、輥式塗佈、旋轉塗佈、網版印刷法等。再者,於本實施形態中,例示於保護板2上塗佈第1硬化性樹脂組成物之形態,但亦可塗佈於液晶顯示組件1側,進而亦可塗佈於保護板2及液晶顯示組件1各自之基板上。 First, as shown in FIG. 4( a ), the first curable resin composition 11 including the following (meth) acrylate (A) and photopolymerization initiator (B) is applied to the light-shielding portion 4 . The surface of the protective plate 2 on which the surface of the light shielding portion 4 is formed is formed. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, roll coating, spin coating, and screen printing. In the present embodiment, the first curable resin composition is applied to the protective sheet 2, but it may be applied to the liquid crystal display unit 1 side, or may be applied to the protective sheet 2 and the liquid crystal. The respective components of the display unit 1 are on the substrate.

此處,第1硬化性樹脂組成物11只要以填充影像顯示裝置之目視辨認區域之方式塗佈即可,亦可使其他光學構件介置於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11與所塗佈之基板之間。 Here, the first curable resin composition 11 may be applied so as to fill the visual recognition region of the image display device, and other optical members may be interposed between the first curable resin composition 11 and the coated portion. Between the substrates.

第1硬化性樹脂組成物11可為光硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可為熱硬化性樹脂組成物。作為第1硬化性樹脂組成物,就可於低溫下硬化 且硬化速度較快之方面而言,較佳為含有硬化性化合物及光聚合起始劑之光硬化性樹脂組成物。 The first curable resin composition 11 may be a photocurable resin composition or a thermosetting resin composition. As a first curable resin composition, it can be hardened at low temperatures. Further, in terms of a faster curing rate, a photocurable resin composition containing a curable compound and a photopolymerization initiator is preferred.

此處,可將第1硬化性樹脂組成物11於未硬化之狀態下用於貼合,但較佳為如圖4(a)中所記載般使其暫時硬化。 Here, the first curable resin composition 11 may be used for bonding in an uncured state, but it is preferably temporarily cured as described in FIG. 4(a).

具體而言,對塗佈後之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之塗佈膜照射紫外線5,而獲得具有存在於塗佈層之下部側(自硬化性樹脂組成物觀察時為透明基板側)之硬化部分(圖中未顯示)及存在於塗佈層之上部側(與透明基板側相反之側)(於大氣中進行時為大氣側)之未硬化部分(圖中未顯示)之硬化物層。照射量較佳為5~2000mJ/cm2,更佳為10~1000mJ/cm2,尤佳為10~500mJ/cm2。若照射量過少,則有最終貼合而成之光學構件之樹脂之硬化度不充分之虞,若照射量過多,則有未硬化成分變少,而液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2之貼合變得不良之虞。 Specifically, the coating film of the first curable resin composition 11 after the application is irradiated with the ultraviolet ray 5, and the coating film is provided on the lower side of the coating layer (the transparent substrate side when viewed from the curable resin composition). The hardened portion (not shown) and the hardened portion of the unhardened portion (not shown) present on the upper side of the coating layer (the side opposite to the transparent substrate side) (the atmospheric side when it is carried out in the atmosphere) Floor. The irradiation amount is preferably 5 ~ 2000mJ / cm 2, more preferably 10 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 10 ~ 500mJ / cm 2. When the amount of irradiation is too small, the degree of hardening of the resin of the optical member finally bonded is insufficient, and if the amount of irradiation is too large, the amount of unhardened component is small, and the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet having the light shielding portion are provided. The fit of 2 becomes bad.

於本發明中,所謂「未硬化」表示於25℃環境下具有流動性之狀態。又,於紫外線照射後用手指觸摸樹脂組成物層而於手指上附著液狀成分之情形時,判斷為具有未硬化部分者。 In the present invention, "unhardened" means a state of fluidity in an environment of 25 ° C. Moreover, when the resin composition layer is touched with a finger after ultraviolet irradiation, and a liquid component is attached to a finger, it is judged that it has an unhardened part.

[步驟B] [Step B]

其次,以液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之形成有第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之面對向之形式,如圖1(b)所示,將液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2貼合。貼合可於大氣中及真空中之任一環境中進行。 Next, in the form in which the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 are formed with the first curable resin composition 11, as shown in FIG. 1(b), the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet having the light shielding portion are provided. 2 fit. The bonding can be carried out in any environment in the atmosphere and in a vacuum.

此處,為了容易防止於貼合時產生氣泡,較佳為於真空中進行貼合。 Here, in order to prevent generation of air bubbles at the time of bonding, it is preferable to perform bonding in a vacuum.

此處,若獲得於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11中具有硬化部分及未硬化部分之紫外線硬化型樹脂之硬化物後進行貼合,則可期待接著力之提高。 Here, when the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin having the cured portion and the uncured portion in the first curable resin composition 11 is obtained and bonded, the adhesion can be expected to be improved.

於貼合時,藉由按壓等將第1硬化性樹脂組成物11散佈,而使空間內充滿第1硬化性樹脂組成物11。於在真空下進行之情形時,其後曝露於較高之壓力環境下時,會形成空隙較少或無空隙之第1硬化物層13。 At the time of bonding, the first curable resin composition 11 is dispersed by pressing or the like, and the space is filled with the first curable resin composition 11. When it is carried out under vacuum, when it is exposed to a high pressure environment, the first cured layer 13 having little or no voids is formed.

於減壓環境下進行貼合之情形時,為1kPa以下,較佳為10~300Pa,更佳為15~100Pa。亦可於貼合後立即解除減壓環境狀態。另一方面,藉由將減壓環境維持規定時間(例如10分鐘以內),第1硬化性樹脂組成物11於空間內流動,而容易使液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之間隔變得均勻。 In the case of bonding in a reduced pressure environment, it is 1 kPa or less, preferably 10 to 300 Pa, and more preferably 15 to 100 Pa. The decompression environment can also be released immediately after lamination. On the other hand, by maintaining the reduced pressure environment for a predetermined period of time (for example, within 10 minutes), the first curable resin composition 11 flows in the space, and the interval between the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 is easily made uniform.

[步驟C-II] [Step C-II]

進而,如圖4(b)所示,以將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結之方式,將包含上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之第2硬化性樹脂組成物12於保護板2上塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部。此處,例示塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部之例作為具體例,但第2硬化性樹脂組成物12只要塗佈於密封體23或殼體26之外周側面部即可,只要結果將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結即可。又,例示於保護板2上塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之例,但亦可使其他光學構件介置於保護板2與第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之間。 Further, as shown in FIG. 4(b), the second curability of the (meth) acrylate (A) and the photopolymerization initiator (B) is included so as to connect the liquid crystal display unit 1 to the protective sheet. The resin composition 12 is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 on the protective sheet 2. Here, a specific example of application to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 is exemplified, but the second curable resin composition 12 may be applied to the outer side surface portion of the sealing body 23 or the casing 26 as long as the result is The liquid crystal display unit 1 can be connected to the protective plate. Further, although the second curable resin composition 12 is applied to the protective sheet 2, other optical members may be interposed between the protective sheet 2 and the second curable resin composition 12.

作為於殼體26之外周側面部塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物之形態,例如可具體地列舉對於圖2中僅未設置密封體23之液晶顯示組件1塗佈於殼體26之外周側面部之形態等,但液晶顯示組件1之形態或塗佈之形態只要於殼體26之外周側面部塗佈有第2硬化性樹脂組成物,則並不特別限定於該形態。 As a form in which the second curable resin composition is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing 26, for example, the liquid crystal display unit 1 in which only the sealing body 23 is not provided in FIG. 2 is applied to the outer peripheral side of the casing 26 The form of the liquid crystal display unit 1 or the form to be applied is not particularly limited to this form as long as the second curable resin composition is applied to the outer side surface portion of the casing 26 .

作為塗佈之方法,可列舉滴塗方式等。此處,塗佈於液晶顯示組件1 及保護板2之表面之第1硬化性樹脂組成物及第2硬化性樹脂組成物可相同,亦可使用不同之硬化性樹脂組成物。 As a method of coating, a dripping method etc. are mentioned. Here, it is applied to the liquid crystal display assembly 1 The first curable resin composition and the second curable resin composition on the surface of the protective sheet 2 may be the same, and different curable resin compositions may be used.

再者,第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈較佳為以沿著密封體23或固定液晶顯示組件1之殼體26之外周側面部之方式形成為矩形之框狀。又,亦可以於第2硬化物層14之一部分產生斷裂部分之形態塗佈。 In addition, it is preferable that the coating of the second curable resin composition 12 is formed in a rectangular frame shape along the sealing body 23 or the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing 26 of the liquid crystal display unit 1. Further, it may be applied in a form in which a broken portion is formed in one of the second cured material layers 14.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈厚度只要為對於將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板連結而言充分之厚度即可,但厚於所形成之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度。較佳為較所形成之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度厚0.01~10mm,更佳為厚0.1~5mm,更佳為厚0.5~3mm。 The coating thickness of the second curable resin composition 12 may be a thickness sufficient for connecting the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet, but is thicker than the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 to be formed. It is preferable that the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 formed is 0.01 to 10 mm thick, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mm thick, and still more preferably 0.5 to 3 mm thick.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之硬化時在25℃之儲存剛性模數較佳為大於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之硬化物層在25℃之儲存剛性模數。若第2硬化物層14之儲存剛性模數大於使第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得之第1硬化物層13之儲存剛性模數,則於將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2連結時,可抵抗因外壓所導致之變形而更牢固地連結,因此可降低第1硬化性樹脂層對間隙厚度之影響。 The storage rigidity modulus at 25 ° C in the curing of the second curable resin composition 12 is preferably larger than the storage rigidity modulus of the cured layer of the first curable resin composition 11 at 25 ° C. When the storage rigidity modulus of the second cured material layer 14 is larger than the storage rigidity modulus of the first cured material layer 13 obtained by curing the first curable resin composition, when the liquid crystal display device 1 and the protective plate 2 are connected It is more resistant to deformation due to deformation due to external pressure, so that the influence of the first curable resin layer on the gap thickness can be reduced.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12可為光硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可為熱硬化性樹脂組成物。作為第2硬化性樹脂組成物12,就可於低溫下硬化且硬化速度較快之方面而言,較佳為含有硬化性化合物及光聚合起始劑之光硬化性樹脂組成物。 The second curable resin composition 12 may be a photocurable resin composition or a thermosetting resin composition. The second curable resin composition 12 is preferably a photocurable resin composition containing a curable compound and a photopolymerization initiator in terms of being cured at a low temperature and having a high curing rate.

[步驟C-I]及[步驟C-III] [Step C-I] and [Step C-III]

其次,如圖1(c)所示,自保護板2側對將保護板2及液晶顯示組件1貼合而獲得之光學構件照射紫外線5,而使硬化性樹脂組成物(塗佈層)硬 化。又,同時使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12硬化而形成第2硬化物層14。 Then, as shown in Fig. 1(c), the optical member obtained by bonding the protective sheet 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 to the protective sheet 2 is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 5, and the curable resin composition (coating layer) is hard. Chemical. At the same time, the second curable resin composition 12 is cured to form the second cured layer 14 .

紫外線之照射量以累計光量計較佳為約100~4000mJ/cm2,尤佳為200~3000mJ/cm2左右,進而極佳為1500~3000mJ/cm2。關於藉由紫外~近紫外之光線照射進行硬化時使用之光源,只要為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈,則不限光源。例如可列舉:低壓、高壓或超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、(脈衝)氙氣燈、LED燈、或無電極燈等。 The amount of ultraviolet light to be irradiated is preferably about 100 to 4,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably about 200 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 , and even more preferably 1,500 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 . The light source used for hardening by irradiation of ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light is not limited to a light source as long as it is a light that illuminates ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light. For example, a low pressure, high pressure or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a (pulse) xenon lamp, an LED lamp, or an electrodeless lamp can be cited.

如此,可獲得圖7所示之影像顯示裝置。 Thus, the image display device shown in Fig. 7 can be obtained.

(第3實施形態) (Third embodiment)

圖5係表示本發明之光學構件之製造步驟之第3實施形態的步驟圖。 Fig. 5 is a flow chart showing a third embodiment of the manufacturing process of the optical member of the present invention.

該方法係藉由將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2貼合而獲得光學構件(影像顯示裝置)之方法。再者,對於與第1實施形態之變更部分以外之部分,可反映而併入上述第1實施形態之各記載之事項,並省略一部分說明重複之記載。 This method is a method of obtaining an optical member (image display device) by bonding the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2. In addition, the parts other than the change of the first embodiment can be reflected and incorporated in the above-described first embodiment, and a part of the description will be omitted.

[步驟A] [Step A]

首先,如圖5(a)所示,將含有下述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11塗佈於具有遮光部4之保護板2的形成有遮光部4之面之表面。作為塗佈方法,可列舉:狹縫式塗佈、輥式塗佈、旋轉塗佈、網版印刷法等。再者,於本實施形態,雖係例示於保護板2上塗佈第1硬化性樹脂組成物之形態,但亦可塗佈於液晶顯示組件1側,進而亦可塗佈於保護板2及液晶顯示組件1各個之基板上。 First, as shown in Fig. 5 (a), the first curable resin composition 11 containing the following (meth) acrylate (A) and photopolymerization initiator (B) is applied to the light-shielding portion 4 The surface of the protective plate 2 on which the surface of the light shielding portion 4 is formed is formed. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, roll coating, spin coating, and screen printing. In the present embodiment, the first curable resin composition is applied to the protective sheet 2, but it may be applied to the liquid crystal display unit 1 side, or may be applied to the protective sheet 2 and On each of the substrates of the liquid crystal display device 1.

此處,第1硬化性樹脂組成物11只要以填充影像顯示裝置之目視辨認區域之方式塗佈即可,亦可使其他光學構件介置於第1硬化性樹脂組成物 11與所塗佈之基板之間。 Here, the first curable resin composition 11 may be applied so as to fill the visual recognition region of the image display device, and other optical members may be interposed in the first curable resin composition. 11 between the coated substrate.

第1硬化性樹脂組成物11可為光硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可為熱硬化性樹脂組成物。作為第1硬化性樹脂組成物,就可低溫下硬化且硬化速度較快之方面而言,較佳為含有硬化性化合物及光聚合起始劑之光硬化性樹脂組成物。 The first curable resin composition 11 may be a photocurable resin composition or a thermosetting resin composition. The first curable resin composition is preferably a photocurable resin composition containing a curable compound and a photopolymerization initiator in terms of being hardenable at a low temperature and having a high curing rate.

此處,可將第1硬化性樹脂組成物11於未硬化之狀態下用於貼合,但較佳為如圖5(a)中所記載般使其暫時硬化。 Here, the first curable resin composition 11 may be used for bonding in an uncured state, but it is preferably temporarily cured as described in FIG. 5(a).

具體而言,對塗佈後之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之塗佈膜照射紫外線5,而獲得具有存在於塗佈層之下部側(自硬化性樹脂組成物觀察時為透明基板側)之硬化部分(圖中未顯示)及存在於塗佈層之上部側(與透明基板側相反之側)(於大氣中進行時為大氣側)之未硬化部分(圖中未顯示)之硬化物層。照射量較佳為5~2000mJ/cm2,更佳為10~1000mJ/cm2,尤佳為10~500mJ/cm2。若照射量過少,則有最終貼合而成之光學構件之樹脂之硬化度不充分之虞,若照射量過多,則有未硬化成分變少,而液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2之貼合變得不良之虞。 Specifically, the coating film of the first curable resin composition 11 after the application is irradiated with the ultraviolet ray 5, and the coating film is provided on the lower side of the coating layer (the transparent substrate side when viewed from the curable resin composition). The hardened portion (not shown) and the hardened portion of the unhardened portion (not shown) present on the upper side of the coating layer (the side opposite to the transparent substrate side) (the atmospheric side when it is carried out in the atmosphere) Floor. The irradiation amount is preferably 5 ~ 2000mJ / cm 2, more preferably 10 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 10 ~ 500mJ / cm 2. When the amount of irradiation is too small, the degree of hardening of the resin of the optical member finally bonded is insufficient, and if the amount of irradiation is too large, the amount of unhardened component is small, and the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet having the light shielding portion are provided. The fit of 2 becomes bad.

於本發明中,所謂「未硬化」表示於25℃環境下具有流動性之狀態。又,於紫外線照射後用手指觸摸樹脂組成物層而於手指上附著液狀成分之情形時,判斷為具有未硬化部分者。 In the present invention, "unhardened" means a state of fluidity in an environment of 25 ° C. Moreover, when the resin composition layer is touched with a finger after ultraviolet irradiation, and a liquid component is attached to a finger, it is judged that it has an unhardened part.

[步驟B] [Step B]

其次,以液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之形成有第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之面對向之形式,如圖5(b)所示,將液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2貼合。貼合可於大氣中及真空中之任一環境中進行。 Next, in the form in which the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 are formed with the first curable resin composition 11, as shown in FIG. 5(b), the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet having the light shielding portion are provided. 2 fit. The bonding can be carried out in any environment in the atmosphere and in a vacuum.

此處,為了容易防止於貼合時產生氣泡,較佳為於真空中進行貼合。 Here, in order to prevent generation of air bubbles at the time of bonding, it is preferable to perform bonding in a vacuum.

此處,若獲得於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11中具有硬化部分及未硬化部分之紫外線硬化型樹脂之硬化物後進行貼合,則可期待接著力之提高。 Here, when the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin having the cured portion and the uncured portion in the first curable resin composition 11 is obtained and bonded, the adhesion can be expected to be improved.

於貼合時,藉由按壓等將第1硬化性樹脂組成物11散佈,而使空間內充滿第1硬化性樹脂組成物11。於在真空下進行之情形時,其後曝露於較高之壓力環境下時,會形成空隙較少或無空隙之第1硬化物層13。 At the time of bonding, the first curable resin composition 11 is dispersed by pressing or the like, and the space is filled with the first curable resin composition 11. When it is carried out under vacuum, when it is exposed to a high pressure environment, the first cured layer 13 having little or no voids is formed.

於減壓環境下進行貼合之情形時,為1kPa以下,較佳為10~300Pa,更佳為15~100Pa。亦可於貼合後立即解除減壓環境狀態。另一方面,藉由將減壓環境維持規定時間(例如10分鐘以內),第1硬化性樹脂組成物11於空間內流動,而容易使液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之間隔變得均勻。 In the case of bonding in a reduced pressure environment, it is 1 kPa or less, preferably 10 to 300 Pa, and more preferably 15 to 100 Pa. The decompression environment can also be released immediately after lamination. On the other hand, by maintaining the reduced pressure environment for a predetermined period of time (for example, within 10 minutes), the first curable resin composition 11 flows in the space, and the interval between the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 is easily made uniform.

[步驟C-II] [Step C-II]

進而,如圖5(b)所示,以將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結之方式,將含有上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之第2硬化性樹脂組成物12於保護板2上塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部。此處,例示塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部之例作為具體例,但第2硬化性樹脂組成物12只要塗佈於密封體23或殼體26之外周側面部即可,只要結果將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結即可。又,例示於保護板2上塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之例,但亦可使其他光學構件介置於保護板2與第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之間。 Further, as shown in FIG. 5(b), the second curability of the (meth) acrylate (A) and the photopolymerization initiator (B) is contained so that the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet are connected to each other. The resin composition 12 is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 on the protective sheet 2. Here, a specific example of application to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 is exemplified, but the second curable resin composition 12 may be applied to the outer side surface portion of the sealing body 23 or the casing 26 as long as the result is The liquid crystal display unit 1 can be connected to the protective plate. Further, although the second curable resin composition 12 is applied to the protective sheet 2, other optical members may be interposed between the protective sheet 2 and the second curable resin composition 12.

作為於殼體26之外周側面部塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物之形態,例如可具體地列舉對於圖2中僅未設置密封體23之液晶顯示組件1塗佈於殼體26之外周側面部之形態等,但液晶顯示組件1之形態或塗佈之形態只要於 殼體26之外周側面部塗佈有第2硬化性樹脂組成物,則並不特別限定於該形態。 As a form in which the second curable resin composition is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing 26, for example, the liquid crystal display unit 1 in which only the sealing body 23 is not provided in FIG. 2 is applied to the outer peripheral side of the casing 26 The form of the part, etc., but the form or coating form of the liquid crystal display unit 1 is as long as The second curable resin composition is applied to the outer circumferential side surface portion of the casing 26, and is not particularly limited to this embodiment.

作為塗佈之方法,可列舉滴塗方式等。此處,塗佈於液晶顯示組件1及保護板2之表面之第1硬化性樹脂組成物及第2硬化性樹脂組成物可相同,亦可使用不同之硬化性樹脂組成物。 As a method of coating, a dripping method etc. are mentioned. Here, the first curable resin composition and the second curable resin composition applied to the surfaces of the liquid crystal display element 1 and the protective sheet 2 may be the same, and different curable resin compositions may be used.

再者,第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈較佳為以沿著密封體23或固定液晶顯示組件1之殼體26之外周側面部之方式形成為矩形之框狀。又,亦可以於第2硬化物層14之一部分產生斷裂部分之形態塗佈。 In addition, it is preferable that the coating of the second curable resin composition 12 is formed in a rectangular frame shape along the sealing body 23 or the outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing 26 of the liquid crystal display unit 1. Further, it may be applied in a form in which a broken portion is formed in one of the second cured material layers 14.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈厚度只要為對於將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板連結而言充分之厚度即可,但厚於所形成之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度。較佳為較所形成之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度厚0.01~10mm,更佳為厚0.1~5mm,更佳為厚0.5~3mm。 The coating thickness of the second curable resin composition 12 may be a thickness sufficient for connecting the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet, but is thicker than the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 to be formed. It is preferable that the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 formed is 0.01 to 10 mm thick, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mm thick, and still more preferably 0.5 to 3 mm thick.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之硬化時在25℃之儲存剛性模數較佳為大於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之硬化物層在25℃之儲存剛性模數。若第2硬化物層14之儲存剛性模數大於使第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得之第1硬化物層13之儲存剛性模數,則於將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2連結時,可抵抗因外壓所導致之變形而更牢固地連結,因此可降低第1硬化性樹脂層對間隙厚度之影響。 The storage rigidity modulus at 25 ° C in the curing of the second curable resin composition 12 is preferably larger than the storage rigidity modulus of the cured layer of the first curable resin composition 11 at 25 ° C. When the storage rigidity modulus of the second cured material layer 14 is larger than the storage rigidity modulus of the first cured material layer 13 obtained by curing the first curable resin composition, when the liquid crystal display device 1 and the protective plate 2 are connected It is more resistant to deformation due to deformation due to external pressure, so that the influence of the first curable resin layer on the gap thickness can be reduced.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12可為光硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可為熱硬化性樹脂組成物。作為第2硬化性樹脂組成物12,就可於低溫下硬化且硬化速度較快之方面而言,較佳為含有硬化性化合物及光聚合起始劑之光硬化性樹脂組成物。 The second curable resin composition 12 may be a photocurable resin composition or a thermosetting resin composition. The second curable resin composition 12 is preferably a photocurable resin composition containing a curable compound and a photopolymerization initiator in terms of being cured at a low temperature and having a high curing rate.

[步驟C-III] [Step C-III]

其次,如圖5(c)所示,對於將保護板2及液晶顯示組件1貼合而獲得之光學構件,使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12硬化而形成第2硬化物層14。 Then, as shown in FIG. 5( c ), the second curable resin composition 12 is cured to form the second cured material layer 14 with respect to the optical member obtained by bonding the protective sheet 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 .

作為硬化之手段,可列舉熱或光,較佳為藉由照射光而進行硬化。作為光之照射方向並無特別限定,較佳為自所獲得之影像顯示裝置之側面部進行照射、或自液晶顯示組件1之側進行照射。 As a means for hardening, heat or light is mentioned, and it is preferable to harden by irradiating light. The direction of irradiation of the light is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to irradiate from the side surface portion of the obtained image display device or to irradiate from the side of the liquid crystal display unit 1.

紫外線之照射量以累計光量計較佳為約100~4000mJ/cm2,尤佳為200~3000mJ/cm2左右,進而極佳為1500~3000mJ/cm2。關於藉由紫外~近紫外之光線照射進行硬化時使用之光源,只要為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈,則不限光源。例如可列舉:低壓、高壓或超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、(脈衝)氙氣燈、LED燈、或無電極燈等。 The amount of ultraviolet light to be irradiated is preferably about 100 to 4,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably about 200 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 , and even more preferably 1,500 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 . The light source used for hardening by irradiation of ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light is not limited to a light source as long as it is a light that illuminates ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light. For example, a low pressure, high pressure or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a (pulse) xenon lamp, an LED lamp, or an electrodeless lamp can be cited.

[步驟C-I] [Step C-I]

最後,如圖5(d)所示,對於將保護板2及液晶顯示組件1貼合而獲得之光學構件,自保護板2側照射紫外線5,而使硬化性樹脂組成物(塗佈層)硬化。 Finally, as shown in FIG. 5(d), the optical member obtained by bonding the protective sheet 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 is irradiated with ultraviolet rays 5 from the side of the protective sheet 2 to form a curable resin composition (coating layer). hardening.

紫外線之照射量以累計光量計較佳為約100~4000mJ/cm2,尤佳為200~3000mJ/cm2左右,進而極佳為1500~3000mJ/cm2。關於藉由紫外~近紫外之光線照射進行硬化時使用之光源,只要為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈,則不限光源。例如可列舉:低壓、高壓或超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、(脈衝)氙氣燈、LED燈、或無電極燈等。 The amount of ultraviolet light to be irradiated is preferably about 100 to 4,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably about 200 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 , and even more preferably 1,500 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 . The light source used for hardening by irradiation of ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light is not limited to a light source as long as it is a light that illuminates ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light. For example, a low pressure, high pressure or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a (pulse) xenon lamp, an LED lamp, or an electrodeless lamp can be cited.

如此,可獲得圖7所示之影像顯示裝置。 Thus, the image display device shown in Fig. 7 can be obtained.

(第4實施形態) (Fourth embodiment)

圖6係表示本發明之光學構件之製造步驟之第4實施形態的步驟圖。 Fig. 6 is a flow chart showing a fourth embodiment of the manufacturing process of the optical member of the present invention.

該方法係藉由將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2貼合而獲得光學構件(影像顯示裝置)之方法。再者,對於與第1實施形態之變更部分以外之部分,可反映而併入上述第1實施形態之各記載之事項,並省略一部分說明重複之記載。 This method is a method of obtaining an optical member (image display device) by bonding the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2. In addition, the parts other than the change of the first embodiment can be reflected and incorporated in the above-described first embodiment, and a part of the description will be omitted.

[步驟A] [Step A]

首先,如圖6(a)所示,將含有下述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11塗佈於具有遮光部4之保護板2的形成有遮光部4之面之表面。作為塗佈方法,可列舉:狹縫式塗佈、輥式塗佈、旋轉塗佈、網版印刷法等。再者,於本實施形態中,例示於保護板2上塗佈第1硬化性樹脂組成物之形態,但亦可塗佈於液晶顯示組件1側,進而亦可塗佈於保護板2及液晶顯示組件1各自之基板上。 First, as shown in Fig. 6 (a), the first curable resin composition 11 containing the following (meth) acrylate (A) and photopolymerization initiator (B) is applied to the light-shielding portion 4 The surface of the protective plate 2 on which the surface of the light shielding portion 4 is formed is formed. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, roll coating, spin coating, and screen printing. In the present embodiment, the first curable resin composition is applied to the protective sheet 2, but it may be applied to the liquid crystal display unit 1 side, or may be applied to the protective sheet 2 and the liquid crystal. The respective components of the display unit 1 are on the substrate.

此處,第1硬化性樹脂組成物11只要以填充影像顯示裝置之目視辨認區域之方式塗佈即可,亦可使其他光學構件介置於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11與所塗佈之基板之間。 Here, the first curable resin composition 11 may be applied so as to fill the visual recognition region of the image display device, and other optical members may be interposed between the first curable resin composition 11 and the coated portion. Between the substrates.

第1硬化性樹脂組成物11可為光硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可為熱硬化性樹脂組成物。作為第1硬化性樹脂組成物,就可低溫下硬化且硬化速度較快之方面而言,較佳為含有硬化性化合物及光聚合起始劑之光硬化性樹脂組成物。 The first curable resin composition 11 may be a photocurable resin composition or a thermosetting resin composition. The first curable resin composition is preferably a photocurable resin composition containing a curable compound and a photopolymerization initiator in terms of being hardenable at a low temperature and having a high curing rate.

此處,可將第1硬化性樹脂組成物11於未硬化之狀態下用於貼合,但較佳為如圖6(a)中所記載般使其暫時硬化。 Here, the first curable resin composition 11 may be used for bonding in an uncured state, but it is preferably temporarily cured as described in FIG. 6(a).

具體而言,對塗佈後之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之塗佈膜照射紫外線 5,而獲得具有存在於塗佈層之下部側(自硬化性樹脂組成物觀察時為透明基板側)之硬化部分(圖中未顯示)及存在於塗佈層之上部側(與透明基板側相反之側)(於大氣中進行時為大氣側)之未硬化部分(圖中未顯示)之硬化物層。照射量較佳為5~2000mJ/cm2,更佳為10~1000mJ/cm2,尤佳為10~500mJ/cm2。若照射量過少,則有最終貼合而成之光學構件之樹脂之硬化度不充分之虞,若照射量過多,則有未硬化成分變少,而液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2之貼合變得不良之虞。 Specifically, the coating film of the first curable resin composition 11 after the application is irradiated with the ultraviolet ray 5, and the coating film is provided on the lower side of the coating layer (the transparent substrate side when viewed from the curable resin composition). The hardened portion (not shown) and the hardened portion of the unhardened portion (not shown) present on the upper side of the coating layer (the side opposite to the transparent substrate side) (the atmospheric side when it is carried out in the atmosphere) Floor. The irradiation amount is preferably 5 ~ 2000mJ / cm 2, more preferably 10 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, particularly preferably 10 ~ 500mJ / cm 2. When the amount of irradiation is too small, the degree of hardening of the resin of the optical member finally bonded is insufficient, and if the amount of irradiation is too large, the amount of unhardened component is small, and the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet having the light shielding portion are provided. The fit of 2 becomes bad.

於本發明中,所謂「未硬化」表示於25℃環境下具有流動性之狀態。又,於紫外線照射後用手指觸碰樹脂組成物層而於手指上附著液狀成分之情形時,判斷為具有未硬化部分者。 In the present invention, "unhardened" means a state of fluidity in an environment of 25 ° C. Moreover, when the resin composition layer is touched with a finger after ultraviolet irradiation, and a liquid component is attached to a finger, it is judged that it has an unhardened part.

[步驟B] [Step B]

其次,以液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之塗佈有第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之面對向之形式,如圖6(b)所示,將液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2貼合。貼合可於大氣中及真空中之任一環境中進行。 Next, in the form in which the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 are coated with the first curable resin composition 11, as shown in FIG. 6(b), the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the light-shielding portion are protected. Plate 2 fits. The bonding can be carried out in any environment in the atmosphere and in a vacuum.

此處,為了容易防止於貼合時產生氣泡,較佳為於真空中進行貼合。 Here, in order to prevent generation of air bubbles at the time of bonding, it is preferable to perform bonding in a vacuum.

此處,若獲得於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11中具有硬化部分及未硬化部分之紫外線硬化型樹脂之硬化物後進行貼合,則可期待接著力之提高。 Here, when the cured product of the ultraviolet curable resin having the cured portion and the uncured portion in the first curable resin composition 11 is obtained and bonded, the adhesion can be expected to be improved.

於貼合時,藉由按壓等將第1硬化性樹脂組成物11散佈,而使空間內充滿第1硬化性樹脂組成物11。於在真空下進行之情形時,其後曝露於較高之壓力環境下時,會形成空隙較少或無空隙之第1硬化物層13。 At the time of bonding, the first curable resin composition 11 is dispersed by pressing or the like, and the space is filled with the first curable resin composition 11. When it is carried out under vacuum, when it is exposed to a high pressure environment, the first cured layer 13 having little or no voids is formed.

於減壓環境下進行貼合之情形時,為1kPa以下,較佳為10~300Pa,更佳為15~100Pa。亦可於貼合後立即解除減壓環境狀態。另一方面,藉由 將減壓環境維持規定時間(例如10分鐘以內),第1硬化性樹脂組成物11於空間內流動,而容易使液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之間隔變得均勻。 In the case of bonding in a reduced pressure environment, it is 1 kPa or less, preferably 10 to 300 Pa, and more preferably 15 to 100 Pa. The decompression environment can also be released immediately after lamination. On the other hand, by When the reduced-pressure environment is maintained for a predetermined period of time (for example, within 10 minutes), the first curable resin composition 11 flows in the space, and the interval between the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 is easily made uniform.

[步驟C-II] [Step C-II]

進而,如圖6(b)所示,以將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結之方式,將含有上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之第2硬化性樹脂組成物12以包圍保護板之外周側面部之方式塗佈於液晶顯示組件1之密封體23上。此處,例示塗佈於保護板2之外周側面部之例作為具體例,但第2硬化性樹脂組成物12只要塗佈於保護板2之外周側面部即可,只要結果將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2連結即可。又,例示於密封體23上塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之例,但亦可使其他光學構件介置於密封體23與第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之間。又,可塗佈於包圍液晶顯示單元之殼體26之上,亦可使其他光學構件介置於密封體23或殼體26與第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之間。 Further, as shown in FIG. 6(b), the second curability of the (meth) acrylate (A) and the photopolymerization initiator (B) is contained so that the liquid crystal display device 1 and the protective sheet are connected to each other. The resin composition 12 is applied to the sealing body 23 of the liquid crystal display unit 1 so as to surround the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective sheet. Here, a specific example of application to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective sheet 2 is exemplified, but the second curable resin composition 12 may be applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective sheet 2 as long as the liquid crystal display unit 1 is obtained as a result. It can be connected to the protective plate 2. Further, although the second curable resin composition 12 is applied to the sealing body 23, other optical members may be interposed between the sealing body 23 and the second curable resin composition 12. Further, it may be applied to the casing 26 surrounding the liquid crystal display unit, or another optical member may be interposed between the sealing body 23 or the casing 26 and the second curable resin composition 12.

作為於保護板2之外周側面部塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物之形態,例如可具體地列舉對於圖6中僅未設置密封體23之液晶顯示組件1於殼體26之上以包圍保護板2之方式塗佈於外周側面部之形態等,但液晶顯示組件1之形態或塗佈之形態只要於保護板2之外周側面部塗佈有第2硬化性樹脂組成物,則並不特別限定於該形態。 As a form in which the second curable resin composition is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective sheet 2, for example, the liquid crystal display unit 1 in which only the sealing body 23 is not provided in FIG. 6 is provided on the casing 26 to be surrounded and protected. The form of the sheet 2 is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion, and the form of the liquid crystal display unit 1 or the form to be applied is not particularly limited as long as the second curable resin composition is applied to the outer side surface portion of the protective sheet 2 . Limited to this form.

作為塗佈之方法,可列舉滴塗方式等。此處,塗佈於液晶顯示組件1及密封體23或殼體26之表面之第1硬化性樹脂組成物及第2硬化性樹脂組成物可相同,亦可使用不同之硬化性樹脂組成物。 As a method of coating, a dripping method etc. are mentioned. Here, the first curable resin composition and the second curable resin composition applied to the surface of the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the sealing body 23 or the casing 26 may be the same, and different curable resin compositions may be used.

再者,第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈較佳為以沿著保護板2之外周 側面部之方式形成為矩形之框狀。又,亦可以於第2硬化物層14之一部分產生斷裂部分之形態塗佈。 Further, the coating of the second curable resin composition 12 is preferably performed along the outer periphery of the protective sheet 2 The side portion is formed in a rectangular frame shape. Further, it may be applied in a form in which a broken portion is formed in one of the second cured material layers 14.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之塗佈厚度只要為對於將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板連結而言充分之厚度即可,但厚於所形成之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度。較佳為較所形成之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之厚度厚0.01~10mm,更佳為厚0.1~5mm,更佳為厚0.5~3mm。 The coating thickness of the second curable resin composition 12 may be a thickness sufficient for connecting the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet, but is thicker than the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 to be formed. It is preferable that the thickness of the first curable resin composition 11 formed is 0.01 to 10 mm thick, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mm thick, and still more preferably 0.5 to 3 mm thick.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之硬化時在25℃之儲存剛性模數較佳為大於第1硬化性樹脂組成物11之硬化物層在25℃之儲存剛性模數。若第2硬化物層14之儲存剛性模數大於使第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得之第1硬化物層13之儲存剛性模數,則於將液晶顯示組件1與保護板2連結時,可抵抗因外壓所導致之變形而更牢固地連結,因此可降低第1硬化性樹脂層對間隙厚度之影響。 The storage rigidity modulus at 25 ° C in the curing of the second curable resin composition 12 is preferably larger than the storage rigidity modulus of the cured layer of the first curable resin composition 11 at 25 ° C. When the storage rigidity modulus of the second cured material layer 14 is larger than the storage rigidity modulus of the first cured material layer 13 obtained by curing the first curable resin composition, when the liquid crystal display device 1 and the protective plate 2 are connected It is more resistant to deformation due to deformation due to external pressure, so that the influence of the first curable resin layer on the gap thickness can be reduced.

第2硬化性樹脂組成物12可為光硬化性樹脂組成物,亦可為熱硬化性樹脂組成物。作為第2硬化性樹脂組成物12,就可於低溫下硬化且硬化速度較快之方面而言,較佳為含有硬化性化合物及光聚合起始劑之光硬化性樹脂組成物。 The second curable resin composition 12 may be a photocurable resin composition or a thermosetting resin composition. The second curable resin composition 12 is preferably a photocurable resin composition containing a curable compound and a photopolymerization initiator in terms of being cured at a low temperature and having a high curing rate.

[步驟C-I]及[步驟C-III] [Step C-I] and [Step C-III]

其次,如圖6(c)所示,自保護板2側對將保護板2及液晶顯示組件1貼合而獲得之光學構件照射紫外線5,而使硬化性樹脂組成物(塗佈層)硬化。又,同時使第2硬化性樹脂組成物12硬化而形成第2硬化物層14。 Then, as shown in FIG. 6(c), the optical member obtained by bonding the protective sheet 2 and the liquid crystal display unit 1 to the protective sheet 2 is irradiated with the ultraviolet ray 5, and the curable resin composition (coating layer) is hardened. . At the same time, the second curable resin composition 12 is cured to form the second cured layer 14 .

紫外線之照射量以累計光量計較佳為約100~4000mJ/cm2,尤佳為200~3000mJ/cm2左右,進而極佳為1500~3000mJ/cm2。關於藉由紫外~近紫 外之光線照射進行硬化時使用之光源,只要為照射紫外~近紫外之光線之燈,則不限光源。例如可列舉:低壓、高壓或超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、(脈衝)氙氣燈、LED燈、或無電極燈等。 The amount of ultraviolet light to be irradiated is preferably about 100 to 4,000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably about 200 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 , and even more preferably 1,500 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 . The light source used for hardening by irradiation of ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light is not limited to a light source as long as it is a light that illuminates ultraviolet to near-ultraviolet light. For example, a low pressure, high pressure or ultra high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a (pulse) xenon lamp, an LED lamp, or an electrodeless lamp can be cited.

如此,可獲得圖7所示之影像顯示裝置。 Thus, the image display device shown in Fig. 7 can be obtained.

以下示出亦包含上述液晶顯示組件且可藉由上述實施形態而製造之光學構件之具體態樣。 The specific aspect of the optical member which can also be manufactured by the above embodiment is also shown below.

(i)具有遮光部之光學基材係選自由具有遮光部之透明玻璃基板、具有遮光部之透明樹脂基板、及形成有遮光部及透明電極之玻璃基板所組成之群中之至少一種光學基材,與其貼合之光學基材係選自由液晶顯示組件、電漿顯示組件及有機EL組件所組成之群中之至少一種顯示體組件,所獲得之光學構件為包含該具有遮光部之光學基材之顯示體組件的態樣。 (i) The optical substrate having the light shielding portion is at least one selected from the group consisting of a transparent glass substrate having a light shielding portion, a transparent resin substrate having a light shielding portion, and a glass substrate having a light shielding portion and a transparent electrode. The optical substrate to be bonded thereto is selected from at least one of the liquid crystal display module, the plasma display module, and the organic EL component, and the obtained optical member is an optical base including the light shielding portion. The appearance of the display component of the material.

(i)一光學基材為具有遮光部之保護板,與其貼合之另一光學基材為觸控面板或具有觸控面板之顯示體組件,將至少2個光學基材貼合而成之光學構件為包含具有遮光部之保護板之觸控面板或具有其之顯示體組件的態樣。 (i) an optical substrate is a protective plate having a light shielding portion, and the other optical substrate to which it is attached is a touch panel or a display body assembly having a touch panel, and at least two optical substrates are bonded together. The optical member is a touch panel including a protective plate having a light shielding portion or a display body assembly having the same.

於該情形時,較佳為於步驟B中,對具有遮光部之保護板之設置有遮光部之面、或觸控面板之觸控面之任一面或其兩面塗佈上述硬化性樹脂組成物。 In this case, it is preferable to apply the curable resin composition to the surface of the protective plate having the light-shielding portion or the touch surface of the touch panel or both surfaces thereof in step B. .

(iii)一光學基材為具有遮光部之光學基材,與其貼合之另一光學基材為顯示體組件,將至少2個光學基材貼合而成之光學構件為包含具有遮光部之光學基材之顯示體組件的態樣。 (iii) an optical substrate is an optical substrate having a light-shielding portion, and the other optical substrate to be bonded thereto is a display body assembly, and the optical member obtained by bonding at least two optical substrates includes a light-shielding portion. The aspect of the display body assembly of the optical substrate.

於該情形時,較佳為於步驟1中,對具有遮光部之光學基材之設置有 遮光部之側之面、或顯示體組件之顯示面之任一面或其兩面塗佈上述硬化性樹脂組成物。 In this case, it is preferable that in step 1, the optical substrate having the light shielding portion is provided The curable resin composition is applied to either the side of the light shielding portion or the display surface of the display body member or both surfaces thereof.

作為具有遮光部之光學基材之具體例,例如可列舉:具有遮光部之顯示畫面用保護板、或設置有具有遮光部之保護板之觸控面板等。 Specific examples of the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion include a protective sheet for a display screen having a light-shielding portion, and a touch panel provided with a protective sheet having a light-shielding portion.

所謂具有遮光部之光學基材之設置有遮光部之側之面,例如於具有遮光部之光學基材為具有遮光部之顯示畫面用保護板時,係該保護板之設置有遮光部之側之面。又,於具有遮光部之光學基材為包含具有遮光部之保護板之觸控面板時,由於具有遮光部之保護板將具有遮光部之面與觸控面板之觸控面貼合,故而所謂具有遮光部之光學基材之設置有遮光部之側之面,意指與該觸控面板之觸控面相反之觸控面板之基材面。 The optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is provided with a surface on the side of the light-shielding portion. For example, when the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is a protective sheet for a display screen having a light-shielding portion, the protective plate is provided with a side of the light-shielding portion. The face. Moreover, when the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is a touch panel including a protective plate having a light-shielding portion, since the protective plate having the light-shielding portion bonds the surface having the light-shielding portion to the touch surface of the touch panel, the so-called The optical substrate having the light shielding portion is provided with a side surface of the light shielding portion, and means a substrate surface of the touch panel opposite to the touch surface of the touch panel.

具有遮光部之光學基材之遮光部可設置於光學基材之任一處,通常於透明板狀或片狀之光學基材之周圍被製成框狀,其寬度較佳為0.5~10mm左右,更佳為1~8mm左右,進而較佳為2~8mm左右。 The light-shielding portion of the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion may be disposed at any position of the optical substrate, and is generally formed into a frame shape around the transparent plate-shaped or sheet-shaped optical substrate, and the width thereof is preferably about 0.5 to 10 mm. More preferably, it is about 1 to 8 mm, and further preferably about 2 to 8 mm.

對可用作本發明之方法中所使用之上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物11或上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物12之硬化性樹脂組成物進行說明。 A curable resin composition which can be used as the first curable resin composition 11 or the second curable resin composition 12 used in the method of the present invention will be described.

本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物較佳為含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)。又,可含有可添加至用於光學用途之硬化性樹脂組成物中之其他成分作為任意成分。 The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a (meth) acrylate (A) and a photopolymerization initiator (B). Further, other components which can be added to the curable resin composition for optical use can be contained as an optional component.

再者,所謂「可添加至用於光學用途之硬化性樹脂組成物中」,意指不含有使硬化物之透明性降低至無法用於光學用途之程度之添加物。 In addition, the term "addable to a curable resin composition for optical use" means that it does not contain an additive which reduces the transparency of the cured product to such an extent that it cannot be used for optical applications.

利用本發明中所使用之硬化性樹脂組成物而製作硬化後之厚度成為200μm之硬化物之片材時,該片材於400~800nm波長之光下之較佳平均 透光率較佳為至少90%以上。 When a cured sheet having a thickness of 200 μm after curing is produced by using the curable resin composition used in the present invention, a preferred average of the sheet at a wavelength of 400 to 800 nm is obtained. The light transmittance is preferably at least 90% or more.

關於該硬化性樹脂組成物之較佳之組成比率,相對於該硬化性樹脂組成物之總量,(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)為25~90重量%,光聚合起始劑(B)為0.2~5重量%,其他成分為剩餘部分。 With respect to the preferred composition ratio of the curable resin composition, the (meth) acrylate (A) is 25 to 90% by weight based on the total amount of the curable resin composition, and the photopolymerization initiator (B) is 0.2 to 5% by weight, the other components are the remainder.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,作為光聚合起始劑(B),通常所使用之光聚合起始劑均可使用。 In the curable resin composition of the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator (B), a photopolymerization initiator which is usually used can be used.

作為本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)並無特別限定,較佳為使用選自由(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯、具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、具有聚丁二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體所組成之群中之任一者。更佳為包含(i)(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯或具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之至少任一者、及(ii)(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體此兩者的態樣。 The (meth) acrylate (A) in the curable resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it is preferred to use (methyl methacrylate) having a polyisoprene skeleton (methyl group). Any one of a group consisting of an acrylate, a (meth) acrylate having a polybutadiene skeleton, and a (meth) acrylate monomer. More preferably, it comprises at least either (i) (meth) acrylate or a (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton, and (ii) a (meth) acrylate monomer. The way.

再者,於本說明書中所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,意指甲基丙烯酸酯及丙烯酸酯之任一者或兩者。關於「(甲基)丙烯酸」等亦相同。 In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of methacrylate and acrylate. The same applies to "(meth)acrylic acid".

上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯可藉由使多元醇、聚異氰酸酯及含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯反應而獲得。 The above (meth)acrylic acid amide can be obtained by reacting a polyol, a polyisocyanate, and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate.

作為多元醇,例如可列舉:新戊二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,6-己二醇等碳數1~10之伸烷基二醇、三羥甲基丙烷、新戊四醇等三醇、三環癸烷二甲醇、雙-[羥基甲基]-環己烷等具有環狀骨架之醇等;及藉由該等多元醇與多元酸(例如丁二酸、鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、對苯二甲酸、己二酸、壬二酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐等)之反應所獲得之聚酯多元醇、藉由多元醇與ε-己內酯之反應所獲得 之己內酯醇、聚碳酸酯多元醇(例如藉由1,6-己二醇與碳酸二苯酯之反應所獲得之聚碳酸酯二醇等)、聚醚多元醇(例如聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚四亞甲基二醇(polytetramethylene glycol)、環氧乙烷改質雙酚A等)、氫化聚丁二烯二醇等聚烯烴多元醇等。就與其他(A)成分之相溶性之觀點而言,作為上述多元醇,較佳為聚丙二醇、氫化聚丁二烯二醇,就與基材之密接性之觀點而言,尤佳為重量平均分子量為2000以上之聚丙二醇及氫化聚丁二烯二醇。此時之重量平均分子量之上限並無特別限定,較佳為10000以下,更佳為5000以下。又,作為氫化聚丁二烯多元醇,只要為一般之聚丁二烯多元醇之氫化還原產物則可使用,尤其是於光學用途中,較佳為殘留雙鍵較少者,作為碘值,尤佳為20以下。又,關於分子量,一般可獲得之分子量分佈者均可使用,尤其於取得柔軟性與硬化性之平衡之情形時,尤佳為分子量為500~3000者。 Examples of the polyhydric alcohol include carbon numbers such as neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, and 1,6-hexanediol. 1 to 10 alkyl alcohol such as alkyl diol, trimethylolpropane or neopentyl alcohol, tricyclodecane dimethanol, bis-[hydroxymethyl]-cyclohexane, etc. And by using the polyol and polybasic acid (for example, succinic acid, phthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, terephthalic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride) The polyester polyol obtained by the reaction of the reaction, obtained by the reaction of a polyol with ε-caprolactone a caprolactone, a polycarbonate polyol (for example, a polycarbonate diol obtained by a reaction of 1,6-hexanediol and diphenyl carbonate), a polyether polyol (for example, polyethylene glycol) Polyolefins such as polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, ethylene oxide modified bisphenol A, and hydrogenated polybutadiene diol. From the viewpoint of the compatibility with the other component (A), the polyhydric alcohol is preferably a polypropylene glycol or a hydrogenated polybutadiene diol, and particularly preferably a weight in terms of adhesion to a substrate. Polypropylene glycol having an average molecular weight of 2,000 or more and hydrogenated polybutadiene diol. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight at this time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less. Further, the hydrogenated polybutadiene polyol can be used as long as it is a hydrogenated reduction product of a general polybutadiene polyol, and particularly for optical use, it is preferred that the residual double bond is less, as an iodine value, It is especially good for 20 or less. Further, as for the molecular weight, a generally available molecular weight distribution can be used, and particularly when a balance between flexibility and hardenability is obtained, it is particularly preferably a molecular weight of 500 to 3,000.

作為有機聚異氰酸酯,例如可列舉:異佛酮二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、甲苯基二異氰酸酯(tolylene diisocyanate)、二甲苯二異氰酸酯、二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯或二環戊基異氰酸酯等。 Examples of the organic polyisocyanate include isophorone diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate or two. Cyclopentyl isocyanate and the like.

又,作為含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,為1分子中具有羥基及(甲基)丙烯酸酯至少各1個之化合物,具體而言,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、戊二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新 戊二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化新戊二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥三甲基乙酸新戊二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯(hydroxy pivalic acid neopentyl glycol mono(meth)acrylate)等二元醇之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯; 三羥甲基丙烷單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化三羥甲基丙烷單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化三羥甲基丙烷單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三(2-羥基乙基)異氰尿酸酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化三羥甲基丙烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化三羥甲基丙烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三(2-羥基乙基)異氰尿酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等三元醇之單丙烯酸酯及二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或將該等醇之羥基之一部分利用烷基或ε-己內酯改質而成之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及二(甲基)丙烯酸酯; 新戊四醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(三羥甲基丙烷)單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(三羥甲基丙烷)二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(三羥甲基丙烷)三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(三羥甲基丙烷)四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(三羥甲基丙烷)六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等四元以上醇之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯且具有羥基者、或將該等醇之羥基之一部分利用烷基或ε-己內酯改質而成之具有羥基之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Further, the (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group is a compound having at least one of a hydroxyl group and a (meth) acrylate in one molecule, and specific examples thereof include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate. , propylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, butane diol mono (meth) acrylate, pentanediol mono (meth) acrylate, hexane diol mono (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol mono (A) Acrylate, dipropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, poly Ethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, new Pentyl glycol mono (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated neopentyl glycol mono (meth) acrylate, hydroxy pivalic acid neopentyl glycol mono (meth)acrylate) a mono (meth) acrylate of a glycol; Trimethylolpropane mono(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated trimethylolpropane mono(meth)acrylate, propoxylated trimethylolpropane mono(meth)acrylate, three (2) -hydroxyethyl)isocyanurate mono(meth)acrylate, glycerol mono(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated trimethylolpropane II (Meth) acrylate, propoxylated trimethylolpropane di(meth) acrylate, tris(2-hydroxyethyl)isocyanurate di(meth) acrylate, glycerol di(methyl) a mono- (meth) acrylate of a trihydric alcohol such as acrylate or a di(meth) acrylate, or a part of a hydroxyl group of the alcohol modified by an alkyl group or ε-caprolactone And di(meth)acrylate; Pentaerythritol mono (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol mono (meth) acrylate, bis (trimethylolpropane) mono (meth) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol di (methyl) Acrylate, dipentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, bis(trimethylolpropane)di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol (Meth)acrylate, bis(trimethylolpropane)tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, bis(trimethylolpropane)tetra(meth)acrylic acid a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having a tetravalent or higher alcohol such as an ester, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate or bis(trimethylolpropane) hexa(meth) acrylate, and having a hydroxyl group, or A polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group, such as a part of a hydroxyl group of the alcohol, is modified with an alkyl group or ε-caprolactone.

於上述具有至少1個以上羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物中,就硬化性與柔軟性優異之方面而言,尤佳為(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙 酯。就作業性容易之方面而言,亦可於反應時添加聚合性化合物。 Among the above (meth) acrylate compounds having at least one or more hydroxyl groups, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate is preferred in terms of excellent hardenability and flexibility. ester. In terms of ease of workability, a polymerizable compound may be added during the reaction.

用以獲得上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之反應例如係以如下方式進行。即,相對於多元醇之羥基每1當量,將有機聚異氰酸酯以其異氰酸酯基成為較佳為1.1~2.0當量、進而較佳為1.1~1.5當量之方式混合至多元醇中,並於反應溫度較佳為70~90℃進行反應,而合成胺酯低聚物(第一反應)。繼而,相對於胺酯低聚物之異氰酸酯基每1當量,將(甲基)丙烯酸羥基酯化合物以其羥基成為較佳為1~1.5當量之方式混合,並於70~90℃下進行反應,可獲得目標之(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯(第二反應)。 The reaction for obtaining the above (meth) acrylate is carried out, for example, in the following manner. That is, the organic polyisocyanate is mixed with the isocyanate group in an amount of preferably 1.1 to 2.0 equivalents, more preferably 1.1 to 1.5 equivalents per 1 equivalent of the hydroxyl group of the polyol, and is reacted at a reaction temperature. The reaction is carried out at 70 to 90 ° C to synthesize an amine ester oligomer (first reaction). Then, the hydroxy ester (meth) acrylate compound is mixed with a hydroxyl group of preferably 1 to 1.5 equivalents per equivalent of the isocyanate group of the amine ester oligomer, and the reaction is carried out at 70 to 90 ° C. The target (meth) acrylate (second reaction) can be obtained.

上述第一反應可於無溶劑下進行,但為了使產物之黏度較高而提高作業性,較佳為於不具有醇性羥基之溶劑中或聚合性化合物中進行。作為溶劑之具體例,可於如下單獨或混合有機溶劑中進行:丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮等酮類、苯、甲苯、二甲苯、四甲基苯等芳香族烴類、乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、二丙二醇二甲醚、二丙二醇二乙醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、三乙二醇二乙醚等二醇醚類、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丁基溶纖劑乙酸酯、卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、戊二酸二烷基酯、丁二酸二烷基酯、己二酸二烷基酯等酯類、γ-丁內酯等環狀酯類、石油醚、石油腦、氫化石油腦、溶劑石油腦等石油系溶劑等。 The first reaction can be carried out without a solvent, but in order to improve the workability of the product, the workability is preferably carried out in a solvent having no alcoholic hydroxyl group or in a polymerizable compound. Specific examples of the solvent can be carried out in the following separate or mixed organic solvents: ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone, benzene, toluene, xylene, and tetramethylbenzene. a glycol ether such as an aromatic hydrocarbon, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol diethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether or triethylene glycol diethyl ether, Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate, carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol Esters such as diethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dialkyl glutarate, dialkyl succinate, dialkyl adipate, and cyclic esters such as γ-butyrolactone Petroleum solvents such as petroleum ether, petroleum brain, hydrogenated petroleum brain, solvent petroleum brain, etc.

反應溫度通常為30~150℃,較佳為50~100℃之範圍。反應之終點係藉由異氰酸酯基量之減少而確認。又,亦可為了縮短該等之反應時間而添加觸媒。作為該觸媒,可使用鹼性觸媒及酸性觸媒之任一者。 作為鹼性觸媒之例,可列舉:吡啶、吡咯、三乙基胺、二乙基胺、二丁基胺、氨等胺類、三丁基膦、三苯基膦等膦類。又,作為酸性觸媒之例,可列舉:環烷酸銅、環烷酸鈷、環烷酸鋅、三丁氧基鋁、四異丙醇鈦、四丁醇鋯、氯化鋁、辛酸錫、三月桂酸辛基錫、二月桂酸二丁基錫、二乙酸辛基錫等路易士酸觸媒。該等觸媒之添加量相對於二醇化合物(多元醇+含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯)與聚異氰酸酯化合物之總重量份100重量份通常為0.1~1重量份。 The reaction temperature is usually in the range of 30 to 150 ° C, preferably 50 to 100 ° C. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by a decrease in the amount of isocyanate groups. Further, a catalyst may be added in order to shorten the reaction time. As the catalyst, any of an alkaline catalyst and an acidic catalyst can be used. Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridines, pyrrole, triethylamine, diethylamine, dibutylamine, amines such as ammonia, and phosphines such as tributylphosphine and triphenylphosphine. Further, examples of the acidic catalyst include copper naphthenate, cobalt naphthenate, zinc naphthenate, aluminum tributoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide, zirconium tetrabutoxide, aluminum chloride, and tin octylate. , Lewis acid octyl tin citrate, dibutyl tin dilaurate, octyl tin diacetate and other Lewis acid catalyst. The amount of the catalyst added is usually 0.1 to 1 part by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total weight of the diol compound (polyol + hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate) and polyisocyanate compound.

上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯可於第一反應後,繼而使具有至少1個以上羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物與殘留之異氰酸酯基進行反應(第二反應)而獲得。 The above (meth)acrylic acid amide can be obtained by reacting (second reaction) a (meth) acrylate compound having at least one hydroxyl group with a residual isocyanate group after the first reaction.

上述第二反應係以第一反應後所獲得之中間物之異氰酸酯基消失之當量關係添加。具體而言,較佳為相對於第一反應後所獲得之中間物之NCO基1.0mol,將具有至少1個以上羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(C)之OH基設為1.0~3.0mol,進而較佳設為1.0~2.0mol。 The second reaction is added in an equivalent relationship in which the isocyanate group of the intermediate obtained after the first reaction disappears. Specifically, it is preferred to set the OH group of the (meth) acrylate compound (C) having at least one hydroxyl group to 1.0 to 3.0 with respect to 1.0 mol of the NCO group of the intermediate obtained after the first reaction. The mol is further preferably set to 1.0 to 2.0 mol.

上述第二反應亦可於無溶劑下進行,但為了使產物之黏度較高而提高作業性,較佳為於上述溶劑及/或聚合性化合物進行。又,反應溫度通常為30~150℃,較佳為50~100℃之範圍。反應之終點係藉由異氰酸酯基量之減少而確認。亦可為了縮短該等之反應時間而添加上述觸媒。 The second reaction may be carried out in the absence of a solvent. However, in order to improve the workability of the product, it is preferred to carry out the above-mentioned solvent and/or polymerizable compound. Further, the reaction temperature is usually in the range of 30 to 150 ° C, preferably 50 to 100 ° C. The end point of the reaction was confirmed by a decrease in the amount of isocyanate groups. The above catalyst may also be added in order to shorten the reaction time.

於用作原料之丙烯酸酯化合物中已經添加4-甲氧基苯酚等聚合抑制劑之情況較普遍,但亦可於反應時重新添加聚合抑制劑。作為此種聚合抑制劑之例,可列舉:對苯二酚、4-甲氧基苯酚、2,4-二甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚、2,6-二第三丁基-4-甲酚、3-羥基苯硫酚、對苯醌、2,5-二羥基-對 苯醌、酚噻等。其使用量相對於反應原料混合物為0.01~1重量%。 It is common to add a polymerization inhibitor such as 4-methoxyphenol to the acrylate compound used as a raw material, but it is also possible to re-add a polymerization inhibitor during the reaction. Examples of such polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, 2,4-dimethyl-6-tert-butylphenol, and 2,6-di-t-butyl- 4-cresol, 3-hydroxythiophenol, p-benzoquinone, 2,5-dihydroxy-p-benzoquinone, phenolthiophene Wait. It is used in an amount of 0.01 to 1% by weight based on the reaction raw material mixture.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之重量平均分子量,較佳為7000~25000左右,更佳為10000~20000。若重量平均分子量小於7000,則有收縮變大之傾向,若重量平均分子量大於25000,則有缺乏硬化性之傾向。 The weight average molecular weight of the above (meth) acrylate is preferably from 7,000 to 25,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 20,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than 7,000, the shrinkage tends to be large, and when the weight average molecular weight is more than 25,000, the curability tends to be insufficient.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯可使用1種或以任意比率混合2種以上而使用。(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯於本發明之光硬化型透明接著劑組成物中之重量比率通常較佳為20~80重量%,更佳為30~70重量%。 In the curable resin composition of the present invention, the (meth)acrylic acid amide can be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. The weight ratio of the (meth) acrylate to the photocurable transparent adhesive composition of the present invention is usually preferably from 20 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 30 to 70% by weight.

上述具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係於聚異戊二烯分子之末端或側鏈具有(甲基)丙烯醯基。具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可以「UC-203」(Kuraray公司製造)獲得。具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之聚苯乙烯換算之數量平均分子量較佳為1000~50000,更佳為25000~45000左右。 The above (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton has a (meth) acrylonitrile group at the terminal or side chain of the polyisoprene molecule. The (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton can be obtained by "UC-203" (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.). The polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight of the (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton is preferably from 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably from about 25,000 to 45,000.

具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯於本發明之光硬化型透明接著劑組成物中之重量比率通常較佳為20~80重量%,更佳為30~70重量%。 The weight ratio of the (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton to the photocurable transparent adhesive composition of the present invention is usually preferably from 20 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 30 to 70% by weight.

上述具有聚丁二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,係於聚丁二烯分子之末端或側鏈具有(甲基)丙烯醯基。具有聚丁二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可以「TEAI-1000(日本曹達公司製造)」、「TE-2000(日本曹達公司製造)」、「EMA-3000(日本曹達公司製造)」、「SPBDA-S30(大阪有機化學工業公司製造)」獲得。具有聚丁二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之聚苯乙烯換算之數量平均分子量較佳為1000~30000,更佳為1000~10000左右。 The above (meth) acrylate having a polybutadiene skeleton has a (meth) acrylonitrile group at the terminal or side chain of the polybutadiene molecule. The (meth) acrylate having a polybutadiene skeleton can be "TEAI-1000 (manufactured by Japan Soda Co., Ltd.)", "TE-2000 (manufactured by Japan Soda Co., Ltd.)", "EMA-3000 (manufactured by Japan Soda Co., Ltd.)", "SPBDA-S30 (made by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)" was acquired. The number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene of the (meth) acrylate having a polybutadiene skeleton is preferably from 1,000 to 30,000, more preferably from about 1,000 to 10,000.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體,可使用較佳為分子中具有 1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 As the above (meth) acrylate monomer, it can be preferably used in the molecule. One (meth) acrylonitrile-based (meth) acrylate.

此處,所謂(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體,表示除上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯、下述環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯及上述具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 Here, the (meth) acrylate monomer means (meth) acrylate, the following epoxy (meth) acrylate, and the above (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton. Other than (meth) acrylate.

作為分子中具有1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,具體而言,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸鯨蠟酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異肉豆蔻酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯等碳數5~20之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯、丙烯醯嗎福啉、(甲基)丙烯酸苯基縮水甘油酯、三環癸烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸二環戊烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯(1-adamatyl acrylate)、丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、甲基丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯、聚環氧丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊二烯氧基乙酯等具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等具有羥基之碳數1~5之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;乙氧基二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚環氧丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯酯等聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷改質苯氧基化磷酸(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷改質丁氧基化磷酸(甲基)丙烯酸酯及環氧乙烷改質辛氧基化磷酸(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。其中,較佳為碳數10~20之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、2-乙基己基卡必醇丙烯酸酯、丙烯醯嗎福啉、 (甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯、聚環氧丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯酯,特別是就樹脂之柔軟性之觀點而言,較佳為碳數10~20之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯、聚環氧丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acrylonitrile group in the molecule include isobutyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl). Lauryl acrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, isostearyl (meth) acrylate, cetyl (meth) acrylate, isomyristyl (meth) acrylate And alkyl (meth) acrylate having a carbon number of 5 to 20 such as tridecyl (meth) acrylate; benzyl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, propylene ruthenium porphyrin , (meth)acrylic acid phenyl glycidyl ester, tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate Oxime ester, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, 1-adamatyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-adamantane acrylate a base ester, 1-adamantyl methacrylate, propylene oxide modified (meth) phenyl methacrylate, dicyclopentadienyl (meth) acrylate, etc. having a cyclic skeleton ( Methyl) propylene Ethyl ester of (meth)acrylic acid having 2 to 5 carbon atoms having a hydroxyl group; 2-ethoxypropyl (meth)acrylate; 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate; Polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate such as methyl acrylate, polypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, polypropylene oxide modified (meth) phenyl methacrylate, modified with ethylene oxide Phenoxylated phosphoric acid (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide modified butoxylated phosphoric acid (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide modified octoxylated phosphoric acid (meth) acrylate. Among them, preferred are alkyl (meth) acrylates having a carbon number of 10 to 20, 2-ethylhexyl carbitol acrylate, propylene ruthenium porphyrin, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, modified by polypropylene oxide The mercaptophenyl (meth)acrylate is preferably an alkyl (meth)acrylate or a dicyclopentene (meth)acrylate having a carbon number of 10 to 20, particularly from the viewpoint of flexibility of the resin. Ethyloxyethyl ester, polypropylene oxide modified decyl phenyl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate.

另一方面,就提高與玻璃之密接性之觀點而言,較佳為具有羥基之碳數1~5之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、丙烯醯嗎福啉,尤佳為丙烯醯嗎福啉。 On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the glass, it is preferably an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a hydroxyl group of 1 to 5, an acryloquinone, or a propylene fluorene. Porphyrin.

於本發明之組成物中,可於無損本發明之特性之範圍含有除具有1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。例如可列舉:三環癸烷二羥甲基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚四亞甲基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧烷改質雙酚A型二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己內酯改質羥三甲基乙酸新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及環氧乙烷改質磷酸二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基辛烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等三羥甲基C2~C10烷烴三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷聚乙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷聚丙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷聚乙氧基聚丙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等三羥甲基C2~C10烷烴聚烷氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]異氰尿酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等環氧烷改質三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇聚乙氧基四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇聚丙氧基四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、 二(三羥甲基丙烷)四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 In the composition of the present invention, a (meth) acrylate other than the (meth) acrylate having one (meth) acrylonitrile group may be contained in the range which does not impair the characteristics of the present invention. For example, tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, two Alkanediol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide modified bisphenol A type di(methyl) Acrylate, caprolactone modified hydroxytrimethylacetic acid neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate and ethylene oxide modified di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(methyl) Trimethylol C2~C10 alkane tri(meth)acrylate such as acrylate or trimethylol octane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane polyethoxy tri(meth)acrylate, a trimethylol C2~C10 alkane polyalkoxy three such as trimethylolpropane polypropoxy tri(meth)acrylate or trimethylolpropane polyethoxypolypropoxy tri(meth)acrylate Methyl) acrylate, tris[(methyl)acryloxyethyl]isocyanurate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide modified trimethylolpropane III Ethylene oxide such as methyl acrylate, propylene oxide modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth) acrylate, modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol polyethoxylate Tetra(meth)acrylate, new Tetraol polypropoxy tetra(meth)acrylate, neopentyltetrakis(meth)acrylate, bis(trimethylolpropane)tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(methyl) Acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and the like.

於本發明中,於併用之情形時,為了抑制硬化收縮,較佳為使用1官能或2官能之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 In the present invention, in the case of use in combination, in order to suppress hardening shrinkage, a monofunctional or bifunctional (meth) acrylate is preferably used.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,該等(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體成分可使用1種或以任意比率混合2種以上而使用。(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體於本發明之光硬化型透明接著劑組成物中之重量比率通常較佳為5~70重量%,更佳為10~50重量%。若少於5重量%,則有缺乏硬化性之傾向,若多於70重量%,則有收縮變大之傾向。 In the curable resin composition of the present invention, the (meth) acrylate monomer component may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. The weight ratio of the (meth) acrylate monomer to the photocurable transparent adhesive composition of the present invention is usually preferably from 5 to 70% by weight, more preferably from 10 to 50% by weight. If it is less than 5% by weight, the curability tends to be insufficient, and if it is more than 70% by weight, the shrinkage tends to be large.

於該硬化性樹脂組成物之包含(i)(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯或具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之至少任一者、及(ii)(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體此兩者的態樣中,(i)及(ii)之兩者之合計含量相對於該樹脂組成物之總量,通常較佳為25~90重量%,更佳為40~90重量%,進而較佳為40~80重量%。 The curable resin composition comprises (i) at least one of (meth) acrylate or a (meth) acrylate having a polyisoprene skeleton, and (ii) (meth) acrylate In the aspect of the monomer, the total content of both of (i) and (ii) is usually preferably from 25 to 90% by weight, more preferably from 40 to 90% by weight based on the total amount of the resin composition. %, further preferably 40 to 80% by weight.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,可於無損本發明之特性之範圍使用環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯。環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯具有提高硬化性或提高硬化物之硬度或硬化速度之功能。又,作為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯,只要為藉由使縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸反應而獲得者則均可使用,作為較佳使用之用以獲得環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯之縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物,可列舉:雙酚A或其環氧烷加成物之二縮水甘油醚、雙酚F或其環氧烷加成物之二縮水甘油醚、氫化雙酚A或其環氧烷加成物之二縮水甘油醚、氫化雙酚F或其環氧烷加成物之二縮水甘油醚、乙二醇二縮 水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、丁二醇二縮水甘油醚、己二醇二縮水甘油醚、環己烷二甲醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚等。 In the curable resin composition of the present invention, epoxy (meth) acrylate can be used without departing from the characteristics of the present invention. The epoxy (meth) acrylate has a function of improving hardenability or increasing the hardness or hardening speed of the cured product. Further, the epoxy (meth) acrylate can be used as long as it is obtained by reacting a glycidyl ether type epoxy compound with (meth)acrylic acid, and is preferably used for obtaining an epoxy ( The glycidyl ether type epoxy compound of a methyl acrylate may, for example, be a diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A or an alkylene oxide adduct thereof, or a diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F or an alkylene oxide adduct thereof. , diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol A or its alkylene oxide adduct, diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol F or its alkylene oxide adduct, ethylene glycol condensate Glycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, butanediol diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether, cyclohexane dimethanol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl Ether, etc.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯可藉由使該等縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸於如下所述之條件下進行反應而獲得。 The epoxy (meth) acrylate can be obtained by reacting the glycidyl ether type epoxy compound with (meth)acrylic acid under the conditions described below.

相對於縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物之環氧基1當量,使(甲基)丙烯酸以0.9~1.5莫耳、更佳為0.95~1.1莫耳之比率反應。反應溫度較佳為80~120℃,反應時間為10~35小時左右。為了促進反應,較佳為使用例如三苯基膦、TAP、三乙醇胺、氯化四乙基銨等觸媒。又,於反應中,為了防止聚合,亦可使用例如對甲氧基苯酚、甲基對苯二酚等作為聚合抑制劑。 The (meth)acrylic acid is reacted at a ratio of 0.9 to 1.5 mol, more preferably 0.95 to 1.1 mol, based on 1 equivalent of the epoxy group of the glycidyl ether type epoxy compound. The reaction temperature is preferably from 80 to 120 ° C, and the reaction time is from about 10 to 35 hours. In order to promote the reaction, it is preferred to use a catalyst such as triphenylphosphine, TAP, triethanolamine or tetraethylammonium chloride. Further, in the reaction, in order to prevent polymerization, for example, p-methoxyphenol or methyl hydroquinone may be used as a polymerization inhibitor.

作為可於本發明中較佳地使用之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯,為由雙酚A型環氧化合物所獲得之雙酚A型環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重量平均分子量,較佳為500~10000。 The epoxy (meth) acrylate which can be preferably used in the present invention is a bisphenol A type epoxy (meth) acrylate obtained from a bisphenol A type epoxy compound. The weight average molecular weight of the epoxy (meth) acrylate is preferably 500 to 10,000.

環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中之重量比率通常為1~80重量%,較佳為5~30重量%。 The weight ratio of the epoxy (meth) acrylate to the curable resin composition of the present invention is usually from 1 to 80% by weight, preferably from 5 to 30% by weight.

作為本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)之含有比率,相對於硬化性樹脂組成物之總量,較佳為25~90重量%,更佳為40~90重量%,進而較佳為40~80重量%。 The content ratio of the (meth) acrylate (A) in the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 25 to 90% by weight, more preferably 40 to 90, based on the total amount of the curable resin composition. The weight% is further preferably 40 to 80% by weight.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,較佳為含有選自由上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯、上述具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體所組成之群中之至少一種作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)。上述 (甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之含有比率較佳為20~80重量%,更佳為30~70重量%,上述具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之含有比率較佳為20~80重量%,更佳為30~70重量%,上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體之含有比率較佳為5~70重量%,更佳為10~50重量%。 The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a (meth) acrylate selected from the above (meth) acrylate, the above polyisoprene skeleton, and the above (meth) acrylate. At least one of the groups consisting of the bodies is (meth) acrylate (A). Above The content ratio of the (meth) acrylate is preferably from 20 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 30 to 70% by weight, and the content of the (meth) acrylate having the polyisoprene skeleton is preferably 20 The content of the (meth) acrylate monomer is preferably from 5 to 70% by weight, more preferably from 10 to 50% by weight, based on 80% by weight, more preferably from 30 to 70% by weight.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)進而較佳為如下情形:含有上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯或具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,其含有比率為20~80重量%,較佳為30~70重量%,且含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體,其含有比率為5~70重量%,較佳為10~50重量%時進而較佳。 In the curable resin composition of the present invention, the (meth) acrylate (A) is further preferably a case where the (meth)acrylic acid amide or the polyisoprene skeleton (meth) is contained. The acrylate has a content ratio of 20 to 80% by weight, preferably 30 to 70% by weight, and contains a (meth) acrylate monomer in a ratio of 5 to 70% by weight, preferably 10 to 50% by weight. The % is further preferred.

作為本發明之組成物所含有之光聚合起始劑(B)並無特別限定,例如可列舉:2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基苯基乙氧基氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)-2,4,4-三甲基-戊基氧化膦、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(Irgacure(商品名)184;BASF製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙醇低聚物(Esacure(商品名)ONE;Lamberti製造)、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)-苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 2959;BASF製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基-丙醯基)-苄基]-苯基}-2-甲基-丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 127;BASF製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮(Irgacure 651;BASF製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮(Darocure(商品名)1173;BASF製造)、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-啉基丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 907;BASF製造)、氧基-苯基-乙酸2-[2-側氧基-2-苯基-乙醯氧基-乙氧基]-乙酯與氧基-苯基-乙酸2-[2-羥基-乙氧基]-乙酯之混合物(Irgacure 754;BASF製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基 -1-(4-啉基苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-氯9-氧硫、2,4-二甲基9-氧硫、2,4-二異丙基9-氧硫、異丙基9-氧硫等。 The photopolymerization initiator (B) contained in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzimidyldiphenylphosphine oxide, and 2,4,6. - Trimethyl benzhydryl phenyl ethoxy phosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)-phenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzoate Indenyl)-2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (Irgacure (trade name) 184; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-[4 -(1-Methylvinyl)phenyl]propanol oligomer (Esacure (trade name) ONE; manufactured by Lamberti), 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxyl -2-methyl-1-propan-1-one (Irgacure 2959; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propenyl)-benzyl ]-phenyl}-2-methyl-propan-1-one (Irgacure 127; manufactured by BASF), 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651; manufactured by BASF), 2- Hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one (Darocure (trade name) 1173; manufactured by BASF), 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2- Lolinylpropan-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by BASF), oxy-phenyl-acetic acid 2-[2-o-oxy-2-phenyl-ethyloxy-ethoxy]-ethyl ester and oxygen Mixture of 2-phenyl-2-acetic acid 2-[2-hydroxy-ethoxy]-ethyl ester (Irgacure 754; manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4- Polinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-chloro 9-oxosulfur 2,4-dimethyl 9-oxosulfur 2,4-diisopropyl 9-oxosulfur Isopropyl 9-oxosulfur Wait.

於本發明中,關於上述光聚合起始劑(B),較佳為使用於乙腈或甲醇中所測得之302nm或313nm下之莫耳吸光係數為300ml/(g.cm)以上且365nm下之莫耳吸光係數為100ml/(g.cm)以下的光聚合起始劑。藉由使用此種光聚合起始劑,可有助於提高接著強度。藉由302nm或313nm下之莫耳吸光係數在300ml/(g.cm)以上,步驟C-I或步驟C-III中硬化時之硬化變得更充分。另一方面,藉由365nm下之莫耳吸光係數為100ml/(g.cm)以下,可於步驟B中之硬化時適當地抑制過度之硬化,可進一步提高密接性。 In the present invention, with respect to the above photopolymerization initiator (B), it is preferred that the Mohr absorbance at 302 nm or 313 nm measured in acetonitrile or methanol is 300 ml/(g.cm) or more and 365 nm. The photopolymerization initiator having a Mohr absorption coefficient of 100 ml/(g.cm) or less. By using such a photopolymerization initiator, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the bonding strength. By the molar absorption coefficient at 302 nm or 313 nm being 300 ml/(g.cm) or more, hardening at the time of hardening in the step C-I or the step C-III becomes more sufficient. On the other hand, when the Mohr absorption coefficient at 365 nm is 100 ml/(g.cm) or less, excessive hardening can be appropriately suppressed at the time of hardening in the step B, and the adhesion can be further improved.

作為此種光聚合起始劑(B),例如可列舉:1-羥基環己基苯基酮(Irgacure 184;BASF製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮(Darocure 1173;BASF製造)、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)-苯基-]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 2959;BASF製造)、苯乙醛酸甲酯(Darocure MBF;BASF製造)等。 As such a photopolymerization initiator (B), for example, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (Irgacure 184; manufactured by BASF), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propane-1- Ketone (Darocure 1173; manufactured by BASF), 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl-]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one (Irgacure 2959; manufactured by BASF ), methyl phenylglyoxylate (Darocure MBF; manufactured by BASF), and the like.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,該等光聚合起始劑(B)可使用1種或以任意比率混合2種以上而使用。光聚合起始劑(B)於本發明之光硬化型樹脂組成物中之重量比率通常較佳為0.2~5重量%,更佳為0.3~3重量%。若多於5重量%,則有於獲得具有硬化部分及存在於與光學基材側相反之側之未硬化部分之硬化物層時,無法形成未硬化部分,或樹脂硬化物層之透明性變差之情形。 In the curable resin composition of the present invention, the photopolymerization initiator (B) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. The weight ratio of the photopolymerization initiator (B) to the photocurable resin composition of the present invention is usually preferably 0.2 to 5% by weight, more preferably 0.3 to 3% by weight. When it is more than 5% by weight, when the cured layer having the hardened portion and the uncured portion on the side opposite to the side of the optical substrate is obtained, the uncured portion cannot be formed, or the transparency of the cured resin layer becomes Poor situation.

本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物含有上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及上述光聚合起始劑(B),並且亦可含有下述光聚合起始助劑、具有下述 通式(1)所表示之結構之化合物、下述柔軟化成分、及下述添加劑等作為其他成分。其他成分相對於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之總量之含有比率係自總量減去上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及上述光聚合起始劑(B)之合計量所得之剩餘部分。具體而言,該其他成分之總量相對於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之總量,較佳為0~74重量%,更佳為5~70重量%左右。 The curable resin composition of the present invention contains the above (meth) acrylate (A) and the above photopolymerization initiator (B), and may further contain the following photopolymerization initiation aid, and has the following The compound of the structure represented by the formula (1), the following softening component, and the following additives are used as other components. The content ratio of the other components to the total amount of the curable resin composition of the present invention is the total amount obtained by subtracting the total amount of the above (meth) acrylate (A) and the photopolymerization initiator (B) section. Specifically, the total amount of the other components is preferably from 0 to 74% by weight, more preferably from about 5 to 70% by weight, based on the total amount of the curable resin composition of the present invention.

進而,亦可將可成為光聚合起始助劑之胺類等與上述光聚合起始劑併用。作為可使用之胺類等,可列舉:苯甲酸2-二甲胺基乙酯、二甲胺基苯乙酮、對二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯或對二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯等。於使用該胺類等光聚合起始助劑之情形時,本發明之接著用樹脂組成物中之含量通常較佳為0.005~5重量%,更佳為0.01~3重量%。 Further, an amine or the like which can be used as a photopolymerization initiation aid may be used in combination with the above photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the amines and the like which can be used include 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, dimethylaminoacetophenone, ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate or isoamyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate. Wait. In the case of using a photopolymerization starter such as an amine, the content of the resin composition for subsequent use of the present invention is usually preferably from 0.005 to 5% by weight, more preferably from 0.01 to 3% by weight.

本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物可視需要含有具有通式(1)所表示之結構之化合物。 The curable resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain a compound having a structure represented by the formula (1).

(式中,n表示0~40之整數,m表示10~50之整數。R1及R2可相同亦可不同。R1及R2為碳數1~18之烷基、碳數1~18之烯基、碳數1~18之炔基或碳數5~18之芳基) (wherein, n represents an integer of 0 to 40, and m represents an integer of 10 to 50. R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different. R 1 and R 2 are an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1~ Alkenyl group of 18, alkynyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or aryl group having 5 to 18 carbon atoms)

具有通式(1)所表示之結構之化合物例如可以日油股份有限公司製造之Unisafe(商品名)PKA-5017(聚乙二醇-聚丙二醇烯丙基丁基醚)等獲得。 The compound having a structure represented by the formula (1) can be obtained, for example, from Unisafe (trade name) PKA-5017 (polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol allyl butyl ether) manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd., or the like.

使用具有通式(1)所表示之結構之化合物時於硬化性樹脂組成物中之重量比率通常較佳為10~80重量%,更佳為10~70重量%。 The weight ratio in the curable resin composition when the compound having the structure represented by the formula (1) is used is usually preferably from 10 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 10 to 70% by weight.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,可視需要使用柔軟化成分。作為可使用之柔軟化成分之具體例,可列舉:除上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯及具有通式(1)所表示之結構之化合物以外之聚合物或低聚物、鄰苯二甲酸酯類、磷酸酯類、二醇酯類、檸檬酸酯類、脂肪族二元酸酯類、脂肪酸酯類、環氧系塑化劑、蓖麻油類、萜烯系氫化樹脂等。作為上述低聚物、聚合物之例,可例示具有聚異戊二烯骨架、聚丁二烯骨架、聚丁烯骨架或二甲苯骨架之低聚物或聚合物及其酯化物,較佳為視情形使用具有聚丁二烯骨架之聚合物或低聚物及其酯化物。作為具有聚丁二烯骨架之聚合物或低聚物及其酯化物之具體例,可列舉:丁二烯均聚物、環氧改質聚丁二烯、丁二烯-苯乙烯無規共聚物、順丁烯二酸改質聚丁二烯及末端經羥基改質之液狀聚丁二烯或液狀氫化聚丁二烯。又,於柔軟化成分中,亦可將上述各柔軟化成分混合而使用。 In the curable resin composition of the present invention, a softening component may be used as needed. Specific examples of the softening component which can be used include a polymer or oligomer other than the above (meth) acrylate and a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1), and a phthalic acid ester. Phosphates, glycol esters, citrate esters, aliphatic dibasic acid esters, fatty acid esters, epoxy plasticizers, castor oils, terpene hydrogenated resins, and the like. Examples of the oligomer or the polymer include an oligomer or polymer having a polyisoprene skeleton, a polybutadiene skeleton, a polybutene skeleton or a xylene skeleton, and an ester thereof, and preferably Polymers or oligomers having a polybutadiene skeleton and esterified products thereof are used as appropriate. Specific examples of the polymer or oligomer having a polybutadiene skeleton and esterified products thereof include butadiene homopolymer, epoxy modified polybutadiene, and butadiene-styrene random copolymer. A modified polybutadiene of maleic acid and a liquid polybutadiene or a liquid hydrogenated polybutadiene modified with a terminal hydroxyl group. Further, in the softening component, each of the above-mentioned softening components may be used in combination.

該柔軟化成分於硬化性樹脂組成物中之重量比率通常較佳為10~80重量%,更佳為10~70重量%。 The weight ratio of the softening component to the curable resin composition is usually preferably from 10 to 80% by weight, more preferably from 10 to 70% by weight.

於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物中,亦可視需要添加抗氧化劑、有機溶劑、矽烷偶合劑、聚合抑制劑、調平劑、抗靜電劑、表面潤滑劑、螢光增白劑、光穩定劑(例如受阻胺化合物等)、填充劑等添加劑。 In the curable resin composition of the present invention, an antioxidant, an organic solvent, a decane coupling agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a leveling agent, an antistatic agent, a surface lubricant, a fluorescent whitening agent, and a light stabilizer may be added as needed. Additives such as a hindered amine compound or the like, and a filler.

作為抗氧化劑之具體例,例如可列舉:BHT、2,4-雙-(正辛硫基)-6-(4-羥基-3,5-二第三丁基苯胺基)-1,3,5-三、季戊四醇基/四[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、2,2-硫代-二伸乙基雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、三乙二醇-雙[3-(3-第三丁基-5-甲基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、1,6-己二醇-雙[3-(3-第三丁基-5-甲基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、 3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸十八烷基酯、N,N-六亞甲基雙(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基-氫桂皮醯胺)(N,N'-hexamethylenebis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamamide))、1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯、三-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)-異氰尿酸酯、辛基化二苯基胺、2,4-雙[(辛硫基)甲基-O-甲酚、3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸異辛酯]、二丁基羥基甲苯等。 Specific examples of the antioxidant include BHT and 2,4-bis-(n-octylthio)-6-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino)-1,3. 5-three , pentaerythritol/tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2,2-thio-di-extension ethyl bis[3-(3,5- Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3-t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis[3-(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4 -hydroxyphenyl)octadecyl propionate, N,N-hexamethylenebis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamate) (N,N'-hexamethylenebis ( 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamamide)), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) Benzo, tris-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-isocyanurate, octylated diphenylamine, 2,4-bis[(octylthio) A Base-O-cresol, 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid isooctyl ester], dibutylhydroxytoluene, and the like.

作為有機溶劑之具體例,例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇等醇類、二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸、四氫呋喃、二烷、甲苯、二甲苯等。 Specific examples of the organic solvent include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol, dimethyl hydrazine, dimethyl hydrazine, tetrahydrofuran, and Alkane, toluene, xylene, and the like.

作為矽烷偶合劑之具體例,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、γ-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)3-胺基丙基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-(乙烯基苄基胺基)乙基)3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷鹽酸鹽、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷等矽烷系偶合劑;異丙基(N-乙基胺基乙基胺基)鈦酸酯、異丙基三異硬脂醯基鈦酸酯、二(二辛基焦磷醯氧基)羥乙酸鈦、四異丙基二(二辛基亞磷醯氧基)鈦酸酯、新烷氧基三(對-N-(β-胺基乙基)胺基苯基)鈦酸酯等鈦系偶合劑;乙醯丙酮酸鋯、甲基丙烯酸鋯、丙酸鋯、新烷氧基鋯酸酯、新烷氧基三新癸醯基鋯酸酯、新烷氧基三(十二碳醯基)苯磺醯基鋯酸酯、新烷氧基三(伸乙基二胺基乙基)鋯酸酯、新烷氧基三(間胺基苯基)鋯酸酯、碳酸 銨鋯、乙醯丙酮酸鋁、甲基丙烯酸鋁、丙酸鋁等鋯或鋁系偶合劑等。 Specific examples of the decane coupling agent include 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxydecane, and 3-glycidoxypropyl group. Dimethoxy decane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, γ-Mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyl Trimethoxydecane, vinyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2-(vinylbenzylamino)ethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane hydrochloride, 3-methylpropenyloxy a decane coupling agent such as propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxydecane or 3-chloropropyltrimethoxydecane; isopropyl (N-ethylaminoethylamino) Titanate, isopropyl triisostearate titanate, bis(dioctylpyridiniumoxy)titanium glycolate, tetraisopropylbis(dioctylphosphonium oxy) titanate a titanium-based coupling agent such as neoalkoxytris(p-N-(β-aminoethyl)aminophenyl) titanate; Zirconium pyruvate, zirconium methacrylate, zirconium propionate, neoalkoxy zirconate, neoalkoxy trisynyl zirconate, neoalkoxytris(dodecacarbyl)benzenesulfonate Zirconate, neoalkoxytris(ethylideneethylamine)zirconate, neoalkoxytris(m-aminophenyl)zirconate, carbonic acid A zirconium or aluminum coupling agent such as ammonium zirconium, acetonitrile pyruvate, aluminum methacrylate or aluminum propionate.

作為聚合抑制劑之具體例,可列舉:對甲氧基苯酚、甲基對苯二酚等。 Specific examples of the polymerization inhibitor include p-methoxyphenol and methyl hydroquinone.

作為光穩定劑之具體例,例如可列舉:1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基醇、2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基醇、(甲基)丙烯酸1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基酯(ADEKA(股份)製造,LA-82)、四(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基)-1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸酯、四(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)-1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸酯、1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸與1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶醇及3,9-雙(2-羥基-1,1-二甲基乙基)-2,4,8,10-四氧雜螺[5.5]十一烷之混合酯化物、癸二酸雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)癸二酸酯、碳酸雙(1-十一烷氧基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-4-基)酯、甲基丙烯酸2,2,6,6,-四甲基-4-哌啶基酯、癸二酸雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)酯、癸二酸雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基)酯、4-苯甲醯氧基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶、1-[2-[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯氧基]乙基]-4-[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯氧基]-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶、甲基丙烯酸1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基酯、丙二酸雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基)[[3,5-雙(1,1-二甲基乙基)-4-羥基苯基]甲基]丁酯、癸二酸雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-1(辛氧基)-4-哌啶基)酯、1,1-二甲基乙基氫過氧化物與辛烷之反應產物、N,N',N",N'''-四-(4,6-雙-(丁基-(N-甲基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-4-基)胺基)-三-2-基)-4,7-二氮雜癸烷-1,10-二胺、二丁基胺/1,3,5-三/N,N'-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基-1,6-六亞甲基二胺與N-(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)丁基胺之縮聚物、聚[[6-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)胺基-1,3,5-三-2,4-二基][(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)亞胺基]六亞甲基[(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)亞胺基]]、丁二酸二甲酯與4- 羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-1-哌啶乙醇之聚合物、2,2,4,4-四甲基-20-(β-月桂基氧羰基)乙基-7-氧雜-3,20-二氮雜二螺[5,1,11,2]二十一烷-21-酮、β-丙胺酸,N,-(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)-十二烷基酯/十四烷基酯、N-乙醯基-3-十二烷基-1-(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)吡咯啶-2,5-二酮、2,2,4,4-四甲基-7-氧雜-3,20-二氮雜二螺[5,1,11,2]二十一烷-21-酮、2,2,4,4-四甲基-21-氧雜-3,20-二氮雜二環-[5,1,11,2]-二十一烷-20-丙烷酸十二烷基酯/十四烷基酯、丙二酸(propane dioic acid),[(4-甲氧基苯基)-亞甲基]-雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基)酯、2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶醇之高級脂肪酸酯、1,3-苯二羧基醯胺,N,N'-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)等受阻胺系、辛苯酮等二苯甲酮系化合物、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)苯酚、2-(2-羥基-5-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2-羥基-3-(3,4,5,6-四氫鄰苯二甲醯亞胺-甲基)-5-甲基苯基]苯并三唑、2-(3-第三丁基-2-羥基-5-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2-羥基-3,5-二第三戊基苯基)苯并三唑、3-(3-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-5-第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸甲酯與聚乙二醇之反應產物、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-6-十二烷基-4-甲基苯酚等苯并三唑系化合物、2,4-二第三丁基苯基-3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯甲酸酯等苯甲酸酯系、2-(4,6-二苯基-1,3,5-三-2-基)-5-[(己基)氧基]苯酚等三系化合物等,尤佳為受阻胺系化合物。 Specific examples of the light stabilizer include 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl alcohol and 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl. Alcohol, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl (meth)acrylate (Manufactured by ADEKA (LA), LA-82), four (1, 2, 2, 6, 6) -pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl-1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, tetrakis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)-1, 2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylate, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid and 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinol and 3,9 a mixed ester of bis(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecane, azelaic acid bis(2,2, 6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl) sebacate, bis(1-undecyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonate, 2,2,6,6,-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl methacrylate, bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bismuth Bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl), 4-benzylideneoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 1-[ 2-[3-(3,5-Di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoxy]ethyl]-4-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl) Phenyl)propenyloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl methacrylate , bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl) malonate [[3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxyphenyl) ]methyl]butyl ester, bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1(octyloxy)-4-piperidyl) sebacate, 1,1-dimethylethylhydrogen Reaction product of oxide and octane, N, N', N", N'''-tetra-(4,6-bis-(butyl-(N-methyl-2,2,6,6-four) Methylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-three -2-yl)-4,7-diazadecane-1,10-diamine, dibutylamine/1,3,5-three /N,N'-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl-1,6-hexamethylenediamine and N-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl) Polycondensate of phenyl-4-piperidinyl)butylamine, poly[[6-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)amino-1,3,5-tri -2,4-diyl][(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)imido]hexamethylene[(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl- 4-piperidinyl)imido]], dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidineethanol polymer, 2, 2, 4, 4-tetramethyl-20-(β-lauryloxycarbonyl)ethyl-7-oxa-3,20-diazaspiro[5,1,11,2]octadec-21-one , β-alanine, N,-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)-dodecyl ester/tetradecyl ester, N-ethylindolyl-3-ten Dialkyl-1-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl)pyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-7-oxygen Hetero-3,20-diazabispiro[5,1,11,2]icosane-21-one, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-21-oxa-3,20- Diazabicyclo-[5,1,11,2]-docosane-20-propane acid lauryl/tetradecyl ester, propane dioic acid, [(4- Methoxyphenyl)-methylene]-bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl), 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4- Higher fatty acid ester of piperidinol, 1,3-phenyldicarboxyguanamine, N,N'-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl) and other hindered amines, octane Benzophenone-based compound such as benzophenone, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol , 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalimido-methyl )-5-methylphenyl]benzotriazole, 2-(3-tert-butyl-2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxyl -3,5-di-t-amylphenyl)benzotriazole, 3-(3-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane a reaction product of methyl ester and polyethylene glycol, a benzotriazole compound such as 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-dodecyl-4-methylphenol, 2,4 a benzoate such as di-tert-butylphenyl-3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5- three -2-yl)-5-[(hexyl)oxy]phenol, etc. A compound or the like is particularly preferably a hindered amine compound.

作為填充劑之具體例,例如可列舉:結晶二氧化矽、熔融二氧化矽、氧化鋁、鋯英石、矽酸鈣、碳酸鈣、碳化矽、氮化矽、氮化硼、氧化鋯、鎂橄欖石(fosterite)、塊滑石、尖晶石、氧化鈦、滑石等粉體或將該等球形化而成之珠粒等。 Specific examples of the filler include, for example, crystalline cerium oxide, molten cerium oxide, aluminum oxide, zircon, calcium silicate, calcium carbonate, cerium carbide, cerium nitride, boron nitride, zirconia, magnesium. A powder such as fosterite, talc, spinel, titanium oxide or talc, or a bead formed by spheroidizing the same.

各種添加劑於光硬化型透明接著劑組成物中之重量比率較 佳為0.01~3重量%,更佳為0.01~1重量%,進而較佳為0.02~0.5重量%。 The weight ratio of various additives in the photocurable transparent adhesive composition It is preferably 0.01 to 3% by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by weight, still more preferably 0.02 to 0.5% by weight.

本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物可將上述各成分於常溫~80℃下進行混合溶解而獲得,亦可視需要藉由過濾等操作而去除夾雜物。本發明之接著用樹脂組成物較佳為考慮塗佈性而以25℃之黏度成為300~15000mPa.s之範圍之方式適當調節成分之調配比。 The curable resin composition of the present invention can be obtained by mixing and dissolving each of the above components at a normal temperature to 80 ° C, and optionally removing the inclusions by filtration or the like. The resin composition for subsequent use of the present invention preferably has a viscosity of 25 to 15000 mPa at 25 ° C in consideration of coatability. The range of s is appropriately adjusted to the blending ratio of the ingredients.

本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物之硬化收縮率較佳為3.0%以下,尤佳為2.0%以下。藉此,可於硬化性樹脂組成物硬化時,降低樹脂硬化物中所累積之內部應力,可有效地防止於基材與由硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物所構成之層之界面出現應變。 The cured shrinkage ratio of the cured product of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 3.0% or less, and particularly preferably 2.0% or less. Thereby, when the curable resin composition is cured, the internal stress accumulated in the cured resin can be lowered, and strain at the interface between the substrate and the layer composed of the cured product of the curable resin composition can be effectively prevented.

又,於玻璃等基材較薄之情形時,由於在硬化收縮率較大之情形時硬化時之翹曲變大,故而會對顯示性能產生較大之不良影響,因此就該觀點而言,亦較佳為硬化收縮率較少。 In the case where the substrate such as glass is thin, since the warpage at the time of curing is large when the curing shrinkage ratio is large, the display performance is greatly adversely affected. It is also preferred that the hardening shrinkage rate is small.

本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物於400nm~800nm之透光率較佳為90%以上。於透光率未達90%之情形時,有光不易透光而於用於顯示裝置之情形時目視辨認性降低之虞。 The light transmittance of the cured product of the curable resin composition of the present invention at 400 nm to 800 nm is preferably 90% or more. When the light transmittance is less than 90%, light is not easily transmitted, and the visibility is lowered when used in a display device.

又,若硬化物於400~450nm下之透光率較高,則可進一步期待目視辨認性之提高,因此400~450nm下之透光率較佳為90%以上。 Further, when the light transmittance of the cured product at 400 to 450 nm is high, the improvement of the visibility can be further expected. Therefore, the light transmittance at 400 to 450 nm is preferably 90% or more.

作為本發明之第1硬化性樹脂組成物11或第2硬化性樹脂組成物12,較佳為含有(I)(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯或具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(II)(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體、及光聚合起始劑。 The first curable resin composition 11 or the second curable resin composition 12 of the present invention preferably contains (I) (meth)acrylic acid amide or (meth)acrylic acid having a polyisoprene skeleton. An ester, a (II) (meth) acrylate monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator.

並且,較佳為第1硬化性樹脂組成物11及第2硬化性樹脂組成物12均使用含有上述(I)成分及(II)成分之樹脂組成物而獲得影像顯示裝置。 In addition, it is preferable to use a resin composition containing the components (I) and (II) as the first curable resin composition 11 and the second curable resin composition 12 to obtain an image display device.

又,較佳為進而含有上述柔軟化成分作為柔軟化劑,尤佳為第1硬化性樹脂組成物11及第2硬化性樹脂組成物12均含有柔軟化成分。於柔軟化成分中,較佳為使用萜烯系樹脂(尤其是固體萜烯系樹脂)。 Moreover, it is preferable to further contain the softening component as a softening agent, and it is preferable that both the first curable resin composition 11 and the second curable resin composition 12 contain a softening component. Among the softening components, a terpene-based resin (especially a solid terpene-based resin) is preferably used.

關於本發明之製造方法中所使用之含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之硬化性樹脂組成物,以下記載若干較佳態樣。各成分之含量中之「重量%」表示相對於本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之總量之含有比率。 Regarding the curable resin composition containing the (meth) acrylate (A) and the photopolymerization initiator (B) used in the production method of the present invention, several preferred aspects are described below. The "% by weight" in the content of each component means the content ratio with respect to the total amount of the curable resin composition of the present invention.

(A1) (A1)

如上述(6)中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)係選自由(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯、具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體所組成之群中之至少一種(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The curable resin composition according to the above (6), wherein the (meth) acrylate (A) is selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic acid amide and a polyisoprene skeleton (methyl). At least one (meth) acrylate of the group consisting of acrylate and (meth) acrylate monomers.

(A2) (A2)

如上述(6)或上述(A1)中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A),包含(i)(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯或具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之至少任一者、及(ii)(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體 The curable resin composition according to the above (6) or (A1), wherein the (meth) acrylate (A) contains (i) (meth) acrylate or has polyisoprene At least one of a (meth) acrylate of a diene skeleton, and (ii) a (meth) acrylate monomer

此兩者。 Both.

(A3) (A3)

上述(6)或上述(A1)中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A),包含 (i)藉由聚C2-C4伸烷基二醇、二異氰酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基C2-C4烷基酯之反應所獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯、及(ii)(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體 The curable resin composition according to the above (6) or (A1), which comprises the (meth) acrylate (A), (i) an amine (meth) acrylate obtained by a reaction of a poly C2-C4 alkylene glycol, a diisocyanate and a hydroxy C2-C4 alkyl (meth) acrylate, and (ii) (methyl) Acrylate monomer

此兩者。 Both.

(A4) (A4)

如上述(A1)至(A3)之任一項中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之重量平均分子量為7000~25000。 The curable resin composition according to any one of the above-mentioned (A1) to (A3), wherein the (meth)acrylic acid amine ester has a weight average molecular weight of 7,000 to 25,000.

(A5) (A5)

一種於含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之硬化性樹脂組成物中含有醯基氧化膦化合物作為光聚合起始劑(B)之硬化性樹脂組成物,或含有醯基氧化膦化合物作為光聚合起始劑(B)之上述(A1)至(A4)之任一項中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物。 A curable resin composition containing a fluorenylphosphine oxide compound as a photopolymerization initiator (B) in a curable resin composition containing a (meth) acrylate (A) and a photopolymerization initiator (B), Or a curable resin composition as described in any one of the above (A1) to (A4), which contains a fluorenylphosphine oxide compound as a photopolymerization initiator (B).

(A6) (A6)

如上述(A5)中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,醯基氧化膦化合物係選自由2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基苯基乙氧基氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦及雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)-2,4,4-三甲基-戊基氧化膦所組成之群中之至少一種化合物。 The curable resin composition according to the above (A5), wherein the fluorenylphosphine oxide compound is selected from the group consisting of 2,4,6-trimethylbenzimidyldiphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6- Trimethyl benzhydryl phenyl ethoxy phosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)-phenylphosphine oxide and bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzamide) At least one compound of the group consisting of -2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide.

(A7) (A7)

一種含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之硬化性樹脂組成物係含有(A)成分及(B)成分,並且亦進而含有其他成分之硬化性樹脂組成物;或上述(A1)至(A6)之任一項中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物。 The curable resin composition containing the (meth) acrylate (A) and the photopolymerization initiator (B) contains the (A) component and the component (B), and further contains a curable resin composition of other components. Or a curable resin composition as described in any one of the above (A1) to (A6).

(A8) (A8)

如上述(A7)中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)為25~90重量%,光聚合起始劑(B)為0.2~5重量%,其他成分為剩餘部分。 The curable resin composition according to the above (A7), wherein the (meth) acrylate (A) is 25 to 90% by weight, and the photopolymerization initiator (B) is 0.2 to 5% by weight, and other components are contained. For the rest.

(A9) (A9)

如上述(A8)中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A),包含20~80重量%之(i)(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯或聚異戊二烯(甲基)丙烯酸酯之至少一者及5~70重量%之(ii)(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體,且兩者之合計為40~90重量%。 The curable resin composition as described in the above (A8), wherein the (meth) acrylate (A) contains 20 to 80% by weight of (i) (meth) acrylate or polyisoprene. At least one of an olefinic (meth) acrylate and 5 to 70% by weight of (ii) a (meth) acrylate monomer, and the total of the two is 40 to 90% by weight.

(A10) (A10)

如上述(A7)至(A9)之任一項中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其含有10~80重量%之通式(1)所表示之化合物作為其他成分。 The curable resin composition according to any one of the above (A7) to (A9), which contains 10 to 80% by weight of the compound represented by the formula (1) as another component.

(A11) (A11)

一種含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之硬化性樹脂組成物、或上述(A1)至(A10)之任一項中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,其硬化物之硬化收縮率為3%以下。 A curable resin composition containing a (meth) acrylate (A) and a photopolymerization initiator (B), or a curable resin composition as described in any one of the above (A1) to (A10), The hardening shrinkage of the cured product is 3% or less.

(A12) (A12)

一種含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)之硬化性樹脂組成物、或上述(A1)至(A11)之任一項中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物,關於200μm之厚度之硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物之片材,400~450nm之波長區域中之平均透光率為至少90%,且400~800nm之波長區域中之平均透光率為至少90%。 A curable resin composition containing the (meth) acrylate (A) and the photopolymerization initiator (B), or the curable resin composition as described in any one of the above (A1) to (A11), The sheet of the cured product of the curable resin composition having a thickness of 200 μm has an average light transmittance of at least 90% in a wavelength region of 400 to 450 nm, and an average light transmittance of at least 90 in a wavelength region of 400 to 800 nm. %.

本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物可作為用於藉由上述[步驟A]~[步驟C-III]將多個光學基材貼合而製造光學構件之接著劑而較佳地使用。 The curable resin composition of the present invention can be preferably used as an adhesive for producing an optical member by laminating a plurality of optical substrates by the above [Step A] to [Step C-III].

作為本發明之光學構件之製造方法中所使用之光學基材,可列舉:保護板、透明板、片材、觸控面板、及顯示體單元等。 Examples of the optical substrate used in the method for producing an optical member of the present invention include a protective sheet, a transparent plate, a sheet, a touch panel, and a display unit.

於本發明中所謂「光學基材」,意指表面不具有遮光部之光學基材、及表面具有遮光部之光學基材之兩者。於本發明之光學構件之製造方法中,所使用之多個光學基材中之至少一個較佳為使用具有遮光部之光學基材。 In the present invention, the term "optical substrate" means both an optical substrate having no light-shielding portion on its surface and an optical substrate having a light-shielding portion on its surface. In the method of producing an optical member of the present invention, at least one of the plurality of optical substrates used is preferably an optical substrate having a light shielding portion.

上述具有遮光部之光學基材上之遮光部之位置並無特別限定。作為較佳態樣,可列舉如下情形:於該光學基材之周邊部形成寬度0.05~20mm、較佳為具有0.05~10mm左右、更佳為0.1~6mm左右之寬度的帶狀遮光部。光學基材上之遮光部可藉由貼附膠帶或塗佈塗料或印刷等而形成。 The position of the light shielding portion on the optical substrate having the light shielding portion is not particularly limited. In a preferred embodiment, a strip-shaped light-blocking portion having a width of 0.05 to 20 mm, preferably about 0.05 to 10 mm, more preferably about 0.1 to 6 mm, is formed in the peripheral portion of the optical substrate. The light shielding portion on the optical substrate can be formed by attaching a tape or applying a coating or printing.

作為本發明中所使用之光學基材之材質,可使用各種材料。具體而言,可列舉:PET、PC、PMMA、PC與PMMA之複合體、玻璃、COC、COP、塑膠(丙烯酸樹脂等)等樹脂。作為本發明中所使用之光學基材、例如透明板或片材,可使用積層多個偏光板等膜或片材而成之片材或透明板、未積層之片材或透明板、及由無機玻璃所製作之透明板(無機玻璃板及其加工品,例如透鏡、稜鏡、ITO玻璃)等。 As the material of the optical substrate used in the present invention, various materials can be used. Specific examples thereof include resins such as PET, PC, PMMA, a combination of PC and PMMA, glass, COC, COP, and plastic (acrylic resin). As the optical substrate used in the present invention, for example, a transparent plate or a sheet, a sheet obtained by laminating a film or a sheet such as a plurality of polarizing plates, a transparent plate, an unlaminated sheet or a transparent plate, and Transparent plate made of inorganic glass (inorganic glass plate and processed products thereof, such as lens, enamel, ITO glass).

又,本發明中所使用之光學基材除上述偏光板等以外,亦包含觸控面板(觸控面板輸入感測器)或下述顯示組件等由多個功能板或片材所構成之積層體(以下亦稱為「功能性積層體」)。 Further, the optical substrate used in the present invention includes a touch panel (touch panel input sensor) or a display panel composed of a plurality of functional boards or sheets in addition to the polarizing plate or the like. Body (hereinafter also referred to as "functional laminate").

作為可用作本發明中所使用之光學基材之片材,可列舉圖符片材(icon sheet)、裝飾片材、保護片材。作為可用於本發明之光學構件之 製造方法之板(透明板),可列舉裝飾板、保護板。作為該等片材或板之材質,可應用作為透明板之材質所列舉者。 Examples of the sheet which can be used as the optical substrate used in the present invention include an icon sheet, a decorative sheet, and a protective sheet. As an optical member that can be used in the present invention The board (transparent board) of a manufacturing method is a decorative board and a protection board. As the material of the sheet or the sheet, it can be applied as a material of the transparent sheet.

作為可用作本發明中所使用之光學基材之觸控面板表面之材質,可列舉:玻璃、PET、PC、PMMA、PC與PMMA之複合體、COC、COP。 Examples of the material of the surface of the touch panel which can be used as the optical substrate used in the present invention include glass, PET, PC, PMMA, a composite of PC and PMMA, COC, and COP.

透明板或片材等板狀或片狀之光學基材之厚度並無特別限制,通常為5μm左右至5cm左右,較佳為10μm左右至10mm左右,更佳為50μm~3mm左右之厚度。 The thickness of the plate-like or sheet-shaped optical substrate such as a transparent plate or a sheet is not particularly limited, and is usually from about 5 μm to about 5 cm, preferably from about 10 μm to about 10 mm, more preferably from about 50 μm to about 3 mm.

作為藉由本發明之製造方法所獲得之較佳之光學構件,可列舉利用本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物將具有遮光部之板狀或片狀之透明光學基材與上述功能性積層體貼合而成之光學構件。 A preferred optical member obtained by the production method of the present invention is a plate-like or sheet-like transparent optical substrate having a light-shielding portion and a functional laminated body by using a cured product of the curable resin composition of the present invention. Combined optical components.

又,於本發明之製造方法中,藉由使用液晶顯示裝置等顯示組件作為光學基材之一,並使用光學功能材料作為其他光學基材,可製造附有光學功能材料之顯示體組件(以下亦稱為顯示面板)。作為上述顯示組件,例如可列舉:於玻璃上貼附有偏光板之LCD、EL顯示器、EL照明、電子紙或電漿顯示器等顯示裝置。又,作為光學功能材料,可列舉:丙烯酸板、PC板、PET板、PEN板等透明塑膠板、強化玻璃、觸控面板輸入感測器。 Further, in the manufacturing method of the present invention, by using a display module such as a liquid crystal display device as one of optical substrates and using an optical functional material as another optical substrate, a display body assembly with an optical functional material can be manufactured (hereinafter Also known as the display panel). Examples of the display module include a display device such as an LCD, an EL display, an EL illumination, an electronic paper, or a plasma display to which a polarizing plate is attached to glass. Further, examples of the optical functional material include a transparent plastic plate such as an acrylic plate, a PC plate, a PET plate, and a PEN plate, a tempered glass, and a touch panel input sensor.

於用作將光學基材貼合之接著材料之情形時,為了提高目視辨認性,硬化物之折射率為1.45~1.55時顯示影像之目視辨認性進一步提高,故而較佳。 In the case of using as an adhesive material for bonding an optical substrate, in order to improve the visibility, the refractive index of the cured product is further improved from 1.45 to 1.55, which is preferable.

若為該折射率之範圍內,則可降低與用作光學基材之基材之折射率之差,可抑制光之漫反射而降低光損失。 If it is within the range of the refractive index, the difference in refractive index from the substrate used as the optical substrate can be reduced, and the diffuse reflection of light can be suppressed to reduce the light loss.

作為藉由本發明之製造方法所獲得之光學構件之較佳態 樣,可列舉下述(i)至(vii)。 A preferred state of the optical member obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention The following (i) to (vii) can be cited.

(i)一種光學構件,係使用本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物將具有遮光部之光學基材與上述功能性積層體貼合而成。 (i) An optical member obtained by laminating an optical substrate having a light-shielding portion and the functional laminate using the cured product of the curable resin composition of the present invention.

(ii)如上述(i)中所記載之光學構件,其中,具有遮光部之光學基材係選自由具有遮光部之透明玻璃基板、具有遮光部之透明樹脂基板、及形成有遮光物與透明電極之玻璃基板所組成之群中之光學基材,且功能性積層體為顯示體組件或觸控面板。 (ii) The optical member according to the above (i), wherein the optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is selected from a transparent glass substrate having a light-shielding portion, a transparent resin substrate having a light-shielding portion, and a light-shielding and transparent layer. An optical substrate in a group consisting of glass substrates of electrodes, and the functional laminate is a display body component or a touch panel.

(iii)如上述(ii)中所記載之光學構件,其中,顯示體組件為液晶顯示體組件、電漿顯示體組件及有機EL顯示組件中任一者。 (iii) The optical member according to (ii) above, wherein the display unit is any one of a liquid crystal display unit, a plasma display unit, and an organic EL display unit.

(iv)一種觸控面板(或觸控面板輸入感測器),係使用本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物將具有遮光部之板狀或片狀之光學基材貼合於觸控面板之觸控面側之表面而成。 (iv) a touch panel (or a touch panel input sensor) for bonding a plate-like or sheet-shaped optical substrate having a light-shielding portion to a touch using the cured product of the curable resin composition of the present invention The surface of the touch surface of the panel is formed.

(v)一種顯示面板,係使用本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物之硬化物將具有遮光部之板狀或片狀之光學基材貼合於顯示體組件之顯示畫面上而成。 (v) A display panel obtained by bonding a plate-like or sheet-shaped optical substrate having a light-shielding portion to a display screen of a display unit assembly using the cured product of the curable resin composition of the present invention.

(vi)如上述(v)中所記載之顯示面板,其中,具有遮光部之板狀或片狀之光學基材為用以保護顯示體組件之顯示畫面之保護板或觸控面板。 (vi) The display panel according to the above (v), wherein the plate-shaped or sheet-shaped optical substrate having the light-shielding portion is a protective plate or a touch panel for protecting a display screen of the display body assembly.

(vii)如上述(i)至(vi)之任一項中所記載之光學構件、觸控面板或顯示面板,其中,硬化性樹脂組成物為上述(A1)至(A12)之任一項中所記載之硬化性樹脂組成物。 The optical member, the touch panel, or the display panel of any one of the above-mentioned (A1) to (vi), wherein the curable resin composition is any one of the above (A1) to (A12). The curable resin composition described in the above.

藉由使用本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物,並利用上述步驟A~C-III中所記載之方法將選自上述各光學基材中之多個光學基材貼合,可獲得本發明之光學構件。於上述步驟B中,硬化性樹脂組成物可僅塗佈於 所貼合之2個光學基材之介隔硬化物層而對向之面中的一者,亦可塗佈於兩者之面。 By using the curable resin composition of the present invention and bonding a plurality of optical substrates selected from the above respective optical substrates by the methods described in the above steps A to C-III, the optical of the present invention can be obtained. member. In the above step B, the curable resin composition may be applied only to One of the opposing surfaces of the two optical substrates to which the cured optical layer is bonded may be applied to both surfaces.

例如於上述功能性積層體為觸控面板或顯示體組件之上述(ii)中所記載之光學構件之情形時,於步驟A中,可將該樹脂組成物僅塗佈於具有遮光部之保護板之任一面、較佳為塗佈於設置有遮光部之面、及觸控面板之觸控面或顯示體組件之顯示面之任一者,亦可塗佈於其兩者。 For example, when the functional laminated body is the optical member described in the above (ii) of the touch panel or the display body assembly, in the step A, the resin composition can be applied only to the protection having the light shielding portion. Any of the surfaces of the board, preferably applied to the surface on which the light shielding portion is provided, and the touch surface of the touch panel or the display surface of the display body assembly may be applied to both of them.

又,於將用以保護顯示體組件之顯示畫面之保護板或觸控面板與顯示體組件貼合而成之上述(vi)之光學構件之情形時,於步驟A中,可將該樹脂組成物僅塗佈於保護板之設置有遮光部之面或觸控面板之與觸控面相反之基材面、及顯示體組件之顯示面之任一者,亦可塗佈於其兩者。 Further, in the case of the optical member of the above (vi) in which the protective sheet or the touch panel for protecting the display screen of the display unit assembly is bonded to the display unit assembly, the resin may be composed in the step A. The object may be applied to only one of the surface of the protective plate on which the light shielding portion is provided, the substrate surface opposite to the touch surface of the touch panel, and the display surface of the display body assembly.

藉由本發明之製造方法所獲得之包含顯示體組件及具有遮光部之光學基材之光學構件例如可組入至電視、小型遊戲機、行動電話、電腦等電子機器中。 The optical member including the display body assembly and the optical substrate having the light shielding portion obtained by the manufacturing method of the present invention can be incorporated, for example, into an electronic device such as a television, a mini game machine, a mobile phone, or a computer.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明,但本發明並不受該等實施例任何限制。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited by the examples.

硬化性樹脂組成物之製備Preparation of curable resin composition

(第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之製備) (Preparation of the first curable resin composition A)

將丙烯酸胺酯(氫化聚丁二烯二醇(分子量3000)、異佛酮二異氰酸酯、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯之3種成分(莫耳比1:1.2:2)之反應物)16重量份、GI-2000(兩末端羥基氫化聚丁二烯,日本曹達(股份)公司製造)18重量份、日石聚丁烯LV-100(液狀聚丁烯,JX Nikko Nisseki Energy(股份)公 司製造)13份、Clearon(商品名)M105(芳香族改質氫化萜烯樹脂,Yasuhara Chemical(股份)公司製造)16份、LA(丙烯酸月桂酯,大阪有機化學工業(股份)公司製造)11重量份、S-1800A(丙烯酸異硬脂酯,新中村化學(股份)公司製造)25份、Speedcure(商品名)TPO(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦,LAMBSON公司製造)0.5重量份、Irgacure(商品名)184D(BASF公司製造)0.5份進行加熱混合而製備。25℃下之黏度為4000mPa.s。 16 parts by weight of a reagent of acrylamide (hydrogenated polybutadiene diol (molecular weight 3000), isophorone diisocyanate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (mole ratio 1: 1.2:2)) GI-2000 (two-terminal hydroxyhydrogenated polybutadiene, manufactured by Japan Soda Co., Ltd.) 18 parts by weight, Nippon Polybutene LV-100 (liquid polybutene, JX Nikko Nisseki Energy (share)) 13 parts, Clearon (trade name) M105 (aromatically modified hydrogenated terpene resin, manufactured by Yasuhara Chemical Co., Ltd.), 16 parts, LA (lauryl acrylate, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 11 Parts by weight, S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 25 parts, Speedcure (trade name) TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzhydryldiphenylphosphine oxide) 0.5 parts by weight of Irgacure (trade name) 184D (manufactured by BASF Corporation) was prepared by heating and mixing. The viscosity at 25 ° C is 4000 mPa. s.

(第1硬化性樹脂組成物B之製備) (Preparation of the first curable resin composition B)

將丙烯酸胺酯(氫化聚丁二烯二醇(分子量3000)、異佛酮二異氰酸酯、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯之3種成分(莫耳比1:1.2:2)之反應物)9重量份、GI-2000(兩末端羥基氫化聚丁二烯,日本曹達(股份)公司製造)55重量份、日石聚丁烯LV-100(液狀聚丁烯,JX Nikko Nisseki Energy(股份)公司製造)13份、LA(丙烯酸月桂酯,大阪有機化學工業(股份)公司製造)15重量份、S-1800A(丙烯酸異硬脂酯,新中村化學(股份)公司製造)3份、Speedcure(商品名)TPO(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦,LAMBSON公司製造)0.25重量份、Irgacure(商品名)184D(BASF公司製造)0.5份進行加熱混合而製備。25℃下之黏度為3500mPa.s。 9 parts by weight of a reaction product of acrylamide (hydrogenated polybutadiene diol (molecular weight 3000), isophorone diisocyanate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (mole ratio 1: 1.2:2)) GI-2000 (two-terminal hydroxyhydrogenated polybutadiene, manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.) 55 parts by weight, Nippon Polybutene LV-100 (liquid polybutene, manufactured by JX Nikko Nisseki Energy Co., Ltd.) 13 parts, LA (lauryl acrylate, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 15 parts by weight, S-1800A (isostearyl acrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), Speedcure (trade name) 0.25 parts by weight of TPO (2,4,6-trimethyl benzhydryldiphenylphosphine oxide, manufactured by LAMBSON Co., Ltd.) and Irgacure (trade name) 184D (manufactured by BASF Corporation) 0.5 parts were prepared by heating and mixing. The viscosity at 25 ° C is 3500 mPa. s.

(第1硬化性樹脂組成物C之製備) (Preparation of the first curable resin composition C)

將丙烯酸胺酯(氫化聚丁二烯二醇(分子量3000)、異佛酮二異氰酸酯、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯之3種成分(莫耳比1:1.5:2)之反應物)80重量份、IBXA(丙烯酸異莰酯,大阪有機化學工業(股份)公司製造)30份、Speedcure(商品名)TPO(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦,LAMBSON公司製造) 1重量份、Irgacure(商品名)184D(BASF公司製造)3份進行加熱混合而製備。25℃下之黏度為14000mPa.s。 80 parts by weight of a reagent of acrylamide (hydrogenated polybutadiene diol (molecular weight 3000), isophorone diisocyanate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (mole ratio 1:1.5:2)) , IBXA (isodecyl acrylate, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Speedcure (trade name) TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzhydryldiphenylphosphine oxide, manufactured by LAMBSON) ) 1 part by weight, Irgacure (trade name) 184D (manufactured by BASF Corporation), 3 parts were prepared by heating and mixing. The viscosity at 25 ° C is 14000 mPa. s.

(第2硬化性樹脂組成物a之製備) (Preparation of the second curable resin composition a)

將LIR-390(異戊二烯嵌段聚合物,(股份)Kuraray公司製造)20份、UC-203(反應型異戊二烯聚合物,(股份)Kuraray公司製造)50份、FA-512A(丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯,日立化成(股份)公司製造)23份、A-NOD-N(壬二醇二丙烯酸酯,新中村化學(股份)公司製造)3份、Speedcure(商品名)TPO(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦,LAMBSON公司製造)0.5重量份、Irgacure(商品名)184D(BASF公司製造)1份進行加熱混合而製備。25℃下之黏度為65000mPa.s。 20 parts of LIR-390 (isoprene block polymer, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.), UC-203 (reactive isoprene polymer, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.), 50 parts, FA-512A (23 parts of Acetone Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.5 parts by weight of TPO (2,4,6-trimethylbenzimidyldiphenylphosphine oxide, manufactured by LAMBSON Co., Ltd.) and Irgacure (trade name) 184D (manufactured by BASF Corporation) were mixed and prepared by heating and mixing. The viscosity at 25 ° C is 65000 mPa. s.

使用所獲得之本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物進行以下評價。 The following evaluation was carried out using the obtained curable resin composition of the present invention.

實施例1Example 1

如圖1(a)所示般,以於遮光部之上亦積層第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之方式,將第1硬化性樹脂組成物A以厚度200μm塗佈於具有遮光部4之保護板2之形成有遮光部4之面之表面。其後,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自大氣側照射累計光量100mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行暫時硬化。其次,以液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之形成有第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之面對向之形式,如圖1(b)所示般,將液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2貼合。然後,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自保護板側照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行正式硬化。 As shown in Fig. 1 (a), the first curable resin composition A is applied to the protective layer having the light-shielding portion 4 so as to have a thickness of 200 μm so that the first curable resin composition A is laminated on the light-shielding portion. The surface of the plate 2 is formed with the surface of the light shielding portion 4. Thereafter, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D valve manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd.) was used, and ultraviolet rays 5 having a cumulative light amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated from the atmosphere side to perform temporary hardening. Next, in the form in which the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 are formed with the first curable resin composition A, as shown in FIG. 1(b), the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the light-shielding portion are protected. Plate 2 fits. Then, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd., D valve) was used to irradiate the ultraviolet rays 5 having a cumulative light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 from the side of the protective plate, thereby performing main hardening.

其後,如圖1(c)所示般,以將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結之方式, 將第2硬化性樹脂組成物a於保護板2上塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部。然後,如圖1(d)所示般,對於第2硬化性樹脂組成物a,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自保護板側照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行硬化而形成第2硬化物層14,藉此製作圖7所示之光學構件。 Then, as shown in FIG. 1(c), the second curable resin composition a is applied to the protective sheet 2 to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 so as to connect the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet. . Then, as shown in Fig. 1 (d), an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd., D valve) was used for the second curable resin composition a, and the cumulative light amount was 2000 mJ/cm 2 from the protective plate side. The ultraviolet ray 5 is thereby hardened to form the second cured layer 14, whereby the optical member shown in Fig. 7 is produced.

實施例2Example 2

將對保護板塗佈之第1硬化性樹脂組成物變更為B,除此以外,以相同之方式使樹脂硬化物層硬化,而製作圖7所示之光學構件。 The optically cured material layer was cured in the same manner except that the first curable resin composition applied to the protective sheet was changed to B, and the optical member shown in Fig. 7 was produced.

實施例3Example 3

將對保護板塗佈之第1硬化性樹脂組成物變更為C,除此以外,以相同之方式使樹脂硬化物層硬化,而製作圖7所示之光學構件。 The optically cured material layer was cured in the same manner except that the first curable resin composition applied to the protective sheet was changed to C, and the optical member shown in Fig. 7 was produced.

實施例4Example 4

如圖4(a)所示般,以於遮光部之上亦積層第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之方式,將第1硬化性樹脂組成物A以厚度200μm塗佈於具有遮光部4之保護板2之形成有遮光部4之面之表面。其後,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自大氣側照射累計光量100mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行暫時硬化。其次,以液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之形成有第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之面對向之形式,如圖4(b)所示般,將液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2貼合。其後,以將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結之方式,將第2硬化性樹脂組成物a於保護板2上塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部。然後,如圖4(c)所示般,對於第1硬化性樹脂組成物A及第2硬化性樹脂組成物a,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自保護板側照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行硬化而形成第2硬化物層14,藉此製作圖7所示之光學構件。 As shown in Fig. 4 (a), the first curable resin composition A is applied to the protective layer having the light-shielding portion 4 at a thickness of 200 μm so that the first curable resin composition A is laminated on the light-shielding portion. The surface of the plate 2 is formed with the surface of the light shielding portion 4. Thereafter, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D valve manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd.) was used, and ultraviolet rays 5 having a cumulative light amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated from the atmosphere side to perform temporary hardening. Next, in the form in which the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 are formed with the first curable resin composition A, as shown in FIG. 4(b), the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the light-shielding portion are protected. Plate 2 fits. Thereafter, the second curable resin composition a is applied to the protective sheet 2 to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 so as to connect the liquid crystal display unit 1 to the protective sheet. Then, as shown in FIG. 4(c), an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd., D valve) is used for the first curable resin composition A and the second curable resin composition a. The optical member shown in FIG. 7 was produced by irradiating the ultraviolet light 5 having an integrated light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 on the plate side to form the second cured material layer 14 by curing.

實施例5Example 5

如圖5(a)所示般,以於遮光部之上亦積層第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之方式,將第1硬化性樹脂組成物A以厚度200μm塗佈於具有遮光部4之保護板2之形成有遮光部4之面之表面。其後,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自大氣側照射累計光量100mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行暫時硬化。其次,以液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之形成有第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之面對向之形式,如圖5(b)所示般,將液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2貼合。其後,以將液晶顯示組件1與保護板連結之方式,將第2硬化性樹脂組成物a於保護板2上塗佈於密封體23之外周側面部。然後,對於第2硬化性樹脂組成物a,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自保護板側照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行硬化而形成第2硬化物層14。如圖5(d)所示般,對於第1硬化性樹脂組成物A,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自保護板側照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行硬化而形成第2硬化物層14,藉此製作圖7所示之光學構件。 As shown in Fig. 5 (a), the first curable resin composition A is applied to the light-shielding portion 4 with a thickness of 200 μm so that the first curable resin composition A is laminated on the light-shielding portion. The surface of the plate 2 is formed with the surface of the light shielding portion 4. Thereafter, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D valve manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd.) was used, and ultraviolet rays 5 having a cumulative light amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated from the atmosphere side to perform temporary hardening. Next, in the form in which the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 are formed with the first curable resin composition A, as shown in FIG. 5(b), the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the light-shielding portion are protected. Plate 2 fits. Thereafter, the second curable resin composition a is applied to the protective sheet 2 to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body 23 so as to connect the liquid crystal display unit 1 to the protective sheet. In the second curable resin composition a, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D valve manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd.) was used, and ultraviolet rays 5 having an integrated light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated from the protective plate side to be cured. The second cured layer 14 is. As shown in Fig. 5 (d), an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd., D valve) was used for the first curable resin composition A, and ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated from the protective plate side. 5, whereby the second cured layer 14 is formed by hardening, whereby the optical member shown in Fig. 7 is produced.

比較例1Comparative example 1

以於遮光部之上亦積層第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之方式,將第1硬化性樹脂組成物A以厚度200μm塗佈於具有遮光部4之保護板2之形成有 遮光部4之面之表面。其後,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自大氣側照射累計光量100mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行暫時硬化。其次,對於液晶顯示組件1將第2硬化性樹脂組成物a塗佈於偏光板上。其次,以液晶顯示組件1與保護板2之形成有第1硬化性樹脂組成物A之面對向之形式,如圖1(b)所示般,將液晶顯示組件1與具有遮光部之保護板2貼合。然後,使用無電極紫外線燈(Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV公司製造,D閥門),自保護板側照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線5,藉此進行第1硬化性樹脂組成物A及第2硬化性樹脂組成物a之正式硬化,而製作圖7所示之光學構件。 The first curable resin composition A is applied to the surface of the protective sheet 2 having the light shielding portion 4 and having the light shielding portion 4 so as to have a thickness of 200 μm so that the first curable resin composition A is laminated on the light shielding portion. The surface. Thereafter, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (D valve manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd.) was used, and ultraviolet rays 5 having a cumulative light amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated from the atmosphere side to perform temporary hardening. Next, the second curable resin composition a is applied to the polarizing plate in the liquid crystal display unit 1. Next, in the form in which the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the protective sheet 2 are formed with the first curable resin composition A, as shown in FIG. 1(b), the liquid crystal display unit 1 and the light-shielding portion are protected. Plate 2 fits. Then, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp (manufactured by Heraeus Noblelight Fusion UV Co., Ltd., D valve) was used to irradiate the ultraviolet light 5 having a cumulative light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 from the protective plate side, thereby performing the first curable resin composition A and the second curability. The resin composition a is formally hardened to produce the optical member shown in Fig. 7.

又,使用所獲得之本發明之硬化性樹脂組成物A、B、C進行以下評價。 Moreover, the following evaluation was performed using the obtained curable resin compositions A, B, and C of the present invention.

(硬化性) (hardenability)

準備2片厚度1mm之載玻片,對其中1片以膜厚成為200μm之方式塗佈所獲得之硬化性樹脂組成物。將另一片載玻片與其塗佈面貼合。隔著玻璃利用高壓水銀燈(80W/cm,無臭氧)對該樹脂組成物照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線。確認硬化物之硬化狀態,結果已完全硬化。 Two glass slides each having a thickness of 1 mm were prepared, and one of the cured glass compositions obtained was applied to a film thickness of 200 μm. Another slide was attached to its coated side. The resin composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having a cumulative light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 by means of a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W/cm, no ozone) through a glass. The hardened state of the hardened material was confirmed, and as a result, it was completely hardened.

(硬化收縮率) (hardening shrinkage rate)

準備2片塗佈有氟系脫模劑之厚度1mm之載玻片,對其中1片之脫模劑塗佈面以膜厚成為200μm之方式塗佈所獲得之硬化性樹脂組成物。其後,將2片載玻片以各自之脫模劑塗佈面相互相對之方式貼合。隔著玻璃利用高壓水銀燈(80W/cm,無臭氧)對該樹脂組成物照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線,而使該樹脂組成物硬化。其後,將2片載玻片剝離,而製作膜比重測定用硬化物。依據JIS K7112B法對硬化物之比重(DS)進行測定。又,於25℃測定樹脂組成物之液比重(DL)。根據下式由DS及DL之測定結果算出硬化收縮率,結果未達2.5%。 Two glass slides each having a thickness of 1 mm coated with a fluorine-based release agent were prepared, and the obtained cured release resin composition was applied to one of the release agent-coated surfaces to have a film thickness of 200 μm. Thereafter, the two glass slides were bonded to each other with the respective release agent coating faces facing each other. The resin composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 by a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W/cm, no ozone) through a glass to cure the resin composition. Thereafter, two glass slides were peeled off to prepare a cured product for measuring a specific gravity of the film. The specific gravity (DS) of the cured product was measured in accordance with JIS K7112B. Further, the liquid specific gravity (DL) of the resin composition was measured at 25 °C. The hardening shrinkage ratio was calculated from the measurement results of DS and DL according to the following formula, and the result was less than 2.5%.

硬化收縮率(%)=(DS-DL)÷DS×100 Hardening shrinkage ratio (%) = (DS-DL) ÷ DS × 100

(耐熱、耐濕接著性) (heat resistance, wet adhesion)

準備厚度0.8mm之載玻片與厚度0.8mm之丙烯酸板,對一者以膜厚成為200μm之方式塗佈所獲得之硬化性樹脂組成物後,將另一者與其塗佈面貼合。隔著玻璃利用高壓水銀燈(80W/cm,無臭氧)對該樹脂組成物照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線,使該樹脂組成物硬化,而製作接著性評價用樣品。將其於85℃、85%RH環境下放置250小時。對於該評價用樣品,以目視確認載玻片或丙烯酸板自樹脂硬化物之剝離,結果未剝離。 A glass slide having a thickness of 0.8 mm and an acrylic plate having a thickness of 0.8 mm were prepared, and the obtained curable resin composition was applied so as to have a film thickness of 200 μm, and the other was bonded to the coated surface. The resin composition was irradiated with ultraviolet rays having a cumulative light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 by a high-pressure mercury lamp (80 W/cm, no ozone) through a glass, and the resin composition was cured to prepare a sample for adhesion evaluation. It was allowed to stand at 85 ° C, 85% RH for 250 hours. For the sample for evaluation, the slide of the slide glass or the acrylic plate from the cured resin was visually confirmed, and as a result, it was not peeled off.

(柔軟性) (softness)

使所獲得之硬化性樹脂組成物充分硬化,藉由依據JIS K7215之方法,使用硬度計(E型)測定硬度計E硬度,而評價柔軟性。更具體而言,將硬化性樹脂組成物以膜厚成為1cm之方式澆注至圓柱狀之模具中,並照射紫外線使該樹脂組成物充分硬化。利用硬度計(E型)測定所獲得之硬化物之硬度。其結果為測定值未達10,柔軟性優異。 The curable resin composition obtained was sufficiently cured, and the hardness was evaluated by measuring the hardness of the durometer E using a durometer (type E) according to the method of JIS K7215. More specifically, the curable resin composition was cast into a cylindrical mold so that the film thickness became 1 cm, and the resin composition was sufficiently cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays. The hardness of the obtained cured product was measured using a durometer (type E). As a result, the measured value was less than 10, and the flexibility was excellent.

(透明性) (transparency)

準備2片塗佈有氟系脫模劑之厚度40μm之PET膜,對其中1片之脫模劑塗佈面以硬化後之膜厚成為600μm之方式塗佈所獲得之硬化性樹脂組成物。其後,將2片PET膜以各自之脫模劑塗佈面相互相對之方式貼合。隔著PET膜利用高壓水銀燈(80W/cm,無臭氧)照射累計光量2000mJ/cm2之紫外線,而使該樹脂組成物硬化。其後,將2片PET膜剝離,而製作剛性模數測定用硬化物。其後,將2片PET膜剝離,而製作剛性模數測定用硬化物。並且,關於剛性模數,可使用ARES(TA Instruments)於20~40℃之溫度區域內測定剛性模數。 Two PET films each having a thickness of 40 μm coated with a fluorine-based release agent were prepared, and the obtained curable resin composition was applied so that the film thickness of the release agent coated surface was 600 μm after curing. Thereafter, two PET films were bonded to each other with the release surfaces of the respective release agents facing each other. The resin composition was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays having an integrated light amount of 2000 mJ/cm 2 with a high pressure mercury lamp (80 W/cm, no ozone) through a PET film. Thereafter, two PET films were peeled off to prepare a cured product for measuring rigid modulus. Thereafter, two PET films were peeled off to prepare a cured product for measuring rigid modulus. Further, regarding the rigid modulus, the rigid modulus can be measured in a temperature range of 20 to 40 ° C using ARES (TA Instruments).

將上述試驗結果彙整於下表中。 The above test results are summarized in the table below.

關於第1硬化性組成物C之剛性模數,由於儲存剛性模數與損耗彈性模數之值之差變大,故而對於上述裝置為可測定之範圍外。 Regarding the rigidity modulus of the first curable composition C, since the difference between the values of the storage rigidity modulus and the loss elastic modulus becomes large, the device can be measured outside the range.

參照特定態樣對本發明進行了詳細說明,但從業者明瞭可於不脫離本發明之精神及範圍之情況下進行各種變更及修正。 The present invention has been described in detail with reference to the specific embodiments thereof. It is understood that various changes and modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

再者,本申請案係基於2015年1月19日提出申請之日本專利申請案 (2015-007810),將其整體以引用之形式援引於此。又,本文中所引用之所有參照係作為整體而併入。 Furthermore, this application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on January 19, 2015. (2015-007810), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Again, all references cited herein are incorporated as a whole.

[產業上之可利用性] [Industrial availability]

本發明之光學構件之製造方法可獲得目視辨認性優異、不易產生因按壓所引起之波紋的顯示體組件等光學構件。藉由本發明所獲得之光學構件可較佳地組入液晶顯示器、電漿顯示器、有機EL顯示器等顯示裝置中。 The method for producing an optical member of the present invention can obtain an optical member such as a display unit which is excellent in visibility and is less likely to cause waviness due to pressing. The optical member obtained by the present invention can be preferably incorporated in a display device such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, or an organic EL display.

1‧‧‧液晶顯示組件 1‧‧‧LCD components

3‧‧‧透明基板 3‧‧‧Transparent substrate

4‧‧‧遮光部 4‧‧‧Lighting Department

5‧‧‧紫外線 5‧‧‧ UV

11‧‧‧第1硬化性樹脂組成物 11‧‧‧1st hardening resin composition

12‧‧‧第2硬化性樹脂組成物 12‧‧‧2nd hardening resin composition

Claims (12)

一種影像顯示裝置之製造方法,係將保護板接著於液晶顯示組件,並且液晶顯示組件具備液晶顯示單元、配置於液晶顯示單元上之偏光板、及包圍偏光板且被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體或藉由包圍液晶顯示單元之周壁部而將液晶顯示組件固定之殼體,該製造方法包括下述(A)及(B)步驟:(A)塗佈步驟,係於上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板之至少一者塗佈未硬化時具有流動性之第1硬化性樹脂組成物,(B)貼合步驟,係介隔上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物將上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板貼合,並且於上述步驟(B)之後包括下述步驟(C-I)~(C-III)之步驟:(C-I)第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化步驟,係使上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而接著上述液晶顯示組件及上述保護板,(C-II)塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈步驟,其以將液晶顯示組件與保護板連結之方式於上述保護板的外周側面部、被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體的外周側面部或固定液晶顯示組件之殼體的外周側面部塗佈第2硬化性樹脂組成物,(C-III)設置硬化物層之步驟,其於上述步驟(C-II)之後使上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物硬化,而於上述保護板的外周側面部、被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體的外周側面部或固定液晶顯示組件之殼體的外周側面部設置硬化物層。 A method of manufacturing an image display device, comprising: a liquid crystal display unit; a liquid crystal display unit; a polarizing plate disposed on the liquid crystal display unit; and a sealing body surrounding the polarizing plate and covering the liquid crystal display unit Or a housing for fixing the liquid crystal display unit by surrounding a peripheral wall portion of the liquid crystal display unit, the manufacturing method comprising the following steps (A) and (B): (A) a coating step, the liquid crystal display unit and the above At least one of the protective sheets is coated with a first curable resin composition having fluidity when not cured, and (B) a bonding step is performed by interposing the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet from the first curable resin composition. After the step (B), the step (CI) to (C-III) is followed by the step of: (CI) the first curable resin composition curing step, and the first curable resin composition (C-II) applying a coating step of applying a second curable resin composition to the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet, and bonding the liquid crystal display unit and the protective sheet to the outside of the protective sheet a step of applying a second curable resin composition to the side surface portion, an outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body covering the liquid crystal display unit, or an outer peripheral side surface portion of the casing for fixing the liquid crystal display unit, and (C-III) providing a cured layer; After the step (C-II), the second curable resin composition is cured, and the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective sheet is covered with the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body covering the liquid crystal display unit or the housing of the liquid crystal display unit is fixed. A hardened layer is provided on the outer peripheral side portion. 如申請專利範圍第1項之影像顯示裝置之製造方法,其中,(A)步驟係於上述保護板之表面上塗佈上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物而形成硬化或未硬化之塗佈膜,(B)步驟係將形成有上述塗佈膜之保護板與液晶顯示組件貼合,(C-II)步驟係於上述液晶顯示組件之上述密封體之外周側面部或固定液晶顯示組件之殼體之外周側面部塗佈上述第2硬化性組成物,而形成硬化或未硬化之塗佈膜。 The method of manufacturing the image display device according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the step (A) is performed by applying the first curable resin composition onto the surface of the protective sheet to form a cured or uncured coating film. (B) the step of bonding the protective sheet on which the coating film is formed to the liquid crystal display unit, and the step (C-II) is applied to the outer peripheral side portion of the sealing body of the liquid crystal display unit or the housing of the liquid crystal display unit. The second curable composition is applied to the outer peripheral side surface portion to form a cured or uncured coating film. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項之影像顯示裝置之製造方法,其中,上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈膜之平均厚度在上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物之塗佈膜之平均厚度以下。 The method of producing a video display device according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the average thickness of the coating film of the first curable resin composition is the average thickness of the coating film of the second curable resin composition. the following. 如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任一項之影像顯示裝置之製造方法,其中,上述保護板係由選自如下所述之基板之群中1種以上構成,該基板係:具有遮光部之透明玻璃基板、具有遮光部之透明樹脂基板、形成有遮光部及透明電極之玻璃基板、及於具有遮光部之透明基板形成有透明電極之玻璃基板或貼合有膜之基板。 The method of manufacturing the image display device according to any one of the first to third aspects, wherein the protective plate is composed of one or more selected from the group consisting of a substrate having a light shielding portion. A transparent glass substrate, a transparent resin substrate having a light shielding portion, a glass substrate on which a light shielding portion and a transparent electrode are formed, and a glass substrate in which a transparent electrode is formed on a transparent substrate having a light shielding portion or a substrate on which a film is bonded. 如申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項之影像顯示裝置之製造方法,其中,上述保護板為觸控面板。 The method of manufacturing an image display device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the protective plate is a touch panel. 一種硬化性樹脂組成物,其用於申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項之影像顯示裝置之製造方法中上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物或上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物,且含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)及光聚合起始劑(B)。 The first curable resin composition or the second curable resin composition in the method for producing an image display device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising a curable resin composition, comprising the first curable resin composition or the second curable resin composition (Meth) acrylate (A) and photopolymerization initiator (B). 如申請專利範圍第6項之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,(甲基)丙烯酸酯(A)係選自由(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯(urethane(meth)acrylate)、具有 聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、具有聚丁二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體所組成之群中1種以上。 The curable resin composition of claim 6, wherein the (meth) acrylate (A) is selected from the group consisting of urethane (meth) acrylate, One or more of the group consisting of a (meth) acrylate of a polyisoprene skeleton, a (meth) acrylate having a polybutadiene skeleton, and a (meth) acrylate monomer. 如申請專利範圍第6或7項之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,於乙腈或甲醇中所測得之光聚合起始劑(B)之莫耳吸光係數,在302nm或313nm下為300ml/(g.cm)以上,在365nm下為100ml/(g.cm)以下。 The curable resin composition of claim 6 or 7, wherein the photo-polymerization initiator (B) has a molar absorption coefficient of 300 ml/(at 302 nm or 313 nm). G.cm) or more is 100 ml/(g.cm) or less at 365 nm. 如申請專利範圍第6至8項中任一項之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物係相對於照射紫外線時硬化率80%下之樹脂層在25℃的儲存剛性模數,照射紫外線時硬化率98%下之樹脂層的儲存剛性模數為3~20倍之樹脂組成物,且硬化率80%下之儲存剛性模數(25℃)為1×102Pa~1×105Pa。 The curable resin composition according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the first curable resin composition has a storage rigidity at 25 ° C with respect to a resin layer having a curing rate of 80% when irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Modulus, a resin composition having a storage modulus of 3 to 20 times that of the resin layer at a curing rate of 98% when irradiated with ultraviolet rays, and a storage rigidity modulus (25 ° C) at a hardening rate of 80% is 1 × 10 2 Pa ~1×10 5 Pa. 一種觸控面板,係藉由申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項之影像顯示裝置之製造方法而獲得。 A touch panel obtained by the method of manufacturing an image display device according to any one of claims 1 to 5. 一種影像顯示裝置,係將保護板接著於液晶顯示組件而成者,並且液晶顯示組件具備液晶顯示單元、配置於液晶顯示單元上之偏光板、及包圍偏光板且被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體或藉由包圍液晶顯示單元之周壁部而將液晶顯示組件固定之殼體;該影像顯示裝置具有如下所述之第1硬化物層及第2硬化物層:第1硬化物層,係使形成於上述偏光板上之第1硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而獲得,第2硬化物層,係於上述保護板的外周側面部、被覆上述液晶顯示單元之密封體的外周側面部或固定液晶顯示構件之殼體的外周側面部使將上述液晶顯示組件與保護板連結之第2硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而 獲得。 An image display device comprising a liquid crystal display unit, a liquid crystal display unit, a polarizing plate disposed on the liquid crystal display unit, and a sealing body surrounding the polarizing plate and covering the liquid crystal display unit Or a case in which the liquid crystal display unit is fixed by surrounding a peripheral wall portion of the liquid crystal display unit; the image display device has a first cured layer and a second cured layer as follows: the first cured layer is formed The first curable resin composition is cured on the polarizing plate, and the second cured layer is attached to the outer peripheral side surface portion of the protective plate, the outer peripheral side surface portion of the sealing body covering the liquid crystal display unit, or the fixed liquid crystal display member. The outer peripheral side surface portion of the case hardens the second curable resin composition that connects the liquid crystal display element and the protective plate obtain. 如申請專利範圍第11項之影像顯示裝置,其中,上述第1硬化性樹脂組成物及上述第2硬化性樹脂組成物係含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物、以及光聚合起始劑的硬化性樹脂組成物,該(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物係選自由(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯化合物、具有聚異戊二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物及具有聚丁二烯骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物所組成之群中至少1種。 The image display device according to claim 11, wherein the first curable resin composition and the second curable resin composition contain a (meth) acrylate compound and a photopolymerization initiator. a resin composition selected from the group consisting of an (meth)acrylic acid amine ester compound, a polyisoprene skeleton (meth)acrylate compound, and a polybutadiene skeleton (methyl) At least one of the group consisting of acrylate compounds.
TW105101647A 2015-01-19 2016-01-19 Method for producing image display device, curable resin composition to be used therein, touch panel, and image display device TW201640193A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015007810 2015-01-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201640193A true TW201640193A (en) 2016-11-16

Family

ID=56417070

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105101647A TW201640193A (en) 2015-01-19 2016-01-19 Method for producing image display device, curable resin composition to be used therein, touch panel, and image display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6633548B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20170105523A (en)
CN (1) CN107209410B (en)
TW (1) TW201640193A (en)
WO (1) WO2016117526A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI800461B (en) * 2022-09-07 2023-04-21 達擎股份有限公司 Electronic device

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7136532B2 (en) * 2018-03-30 2022-09-13 ミネベアミツミ株式会社 Module manufacturing method and optical module manufacturing method
CN110111694B (en) * 2019-05-22 2021-12-10 上海中航光电子有限公司 Flexible display module and display device
CN110379298B (en) * 2019-07-19 2021-06-01 深圳市华星光电半导体显示技术有限公司 Frame glue structure and manufacturing method of display panel
JP7274966B2 (en) * 2019-07-29 2023-05-17 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Optical device manufacturing method

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001066575A (en) * 1999-06-22 2001-03-16 Sony Corp Method for joining dustproof glass of liquid crystal display device
JP4978997B2 (en) * 2006-12-25 2012-07-18 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイイースト Manufacturing method of display device
JP4711354B2 (en) * 2007-07-17 2011-06-29 ソニーケミカル&インフォメーションデバイス株式会社 Manufacturing method of image display device
CN103249553B (en) * 2010-12-08 2015-01-21 旭硝子株式会社 Adhesive-layer-quipped transparent surface material, display device, and methods for producing same
JP2012216678A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Fujitsu Ltd Electronic component, electronic apparatus, and solder paste
JP5953319B2 (en) * 2012-01-13 2016-07-20 日本化薬株式会社 Optical member and ultraviolet curable adhesive used in the production thereof
US20130229366A1 (en) * 2012-03-02 2013-09-05 Rajesh Manohar Dighde Support for an Optically Bonded Display Device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI800461B (en) * 2022-09-07 2023-04-21 達擎股份有限公司 Electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107209410A (en) 2017-09-26
JPWO2016117526A1 (en) 2017-10-26
WO2016117526A1 (en) 2016-07-28
JP6633548B2 (en) 2020-01-22
CN107209410B (en) 2021-03-30
KR20170105523A (en) 2017-09-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI486363B (en) Purpose of ultraviolet-curable resin composition for manufacturing optical member
WO2015119245A1 (en) Ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition for touch panel, optical member production method using same, cured product, and touch panel
JP6620092B2 (en) UV curable resin composition for touch panel, laminating method and article using the same
TW201640193A (en) Method for producing image display device, curable resin composition to be used therein, touch panel, and image display device
JP6778106B2 (en) Ultraviolet curable resin composition for touch panels, bonding method and articles using it
TW201615419A (en) Process for producing optical member, and ultraviolet-curable resin composition for use in same
TW201923002A (en) UV-curable adhesive composition, cured product thereof, and method for manufacturing optical member employing UV-curable adhesive composition
JPWO2015190561A1 (en) UV curable resin composition for touch panel, laminating method and article using the same
TWI646372B (en) Optical member manufacturing method, curable resin composition, and touch panel
KR102213491B1 (en) Method for producing optical member and ultraviolet curable resin composition used in same
TWI653281B (en) Method for manufacturing image display device, curable resin composition therefor, and image display device
WO2019016963A1 (en) Ultraviolet curable adhesive, and lamination method and article using same